3D-printing/Configurations
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations.git synced 2026-01-17 21:35:43 -07:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions

Marlin Base Configurations

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Scott Lahteine 2020-04-06 15:47:04 -05:00 • committed by Scott Lahteine
commit 7cdb48d2a1
14 changed files with 7351 additions and 0 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

12
.editorconfig Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
# editorconfig.org
root = true
[{*.h,*.md}]
charset = utf-8
trim_trailing_whitespace = true
insert_final_newline = true
end_of_line = lf
indent_style = space
indent_size = 2
#[{*.h}]

41
.gitignore vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
#
# OS
#
applet/
*.DS_Store
# Prerequisites
*.d
# Compiled Object files
*.slo
*.lo
*.o
*.obj
# Precompiled Headers
*.gch
*.pch
# Compiled Dynamic libraries
*.so
*.dylib
*.dll
# Fortran module files
*.mod
*.smod
# Compiled Static libraries
*.lai
*.la
*.a
*.lib
# Executables
*.exe
*.out
*.app
# System files
.DS_Store

674
LICENSE Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.

14
README.md Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
# Configurations
Pre-tested Configurations for Marlin Firmware 1.0.x
Marlin Firmware is configured using two files:
- `Configuration.h` contains core configuration options like machine geometry.
- `Configuration_adv.h` contains optional settings for advanced and low level features.
For Graphical LCD these files may also be included:
- `_Bootscreen.h` provides the bitmap for a custom Boot Screen.
- `_Statusscreen.h` provides bitmaps to customize the Status Screen.
See the [Configuration page](https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/configuration.html) for more information about configuration and individual configuration options.

802
config/default/Configuration.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,802 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
#define CONFIGURATION_H
#include "boards.h"
// This configuration file contains the basic settings.
// Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
// BASIC SETTINGS: select your board type, temperature sensor type, axis scaling, and endstop configuration
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/delta directory.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
//
// @section info
#ifdef USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING
#include "_Version.h"
#else
#include "Default_Version.h"
#endif
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
//#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE // will be shown during bootup in line 2
#define STRING_VERSION_CONFIG_H __DATE__ " " __TIME__ // build date and time
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
// SERIAL_PORT selects which serial port should be used for communication with the host.
// This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
// Serial port 0 is still used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
// This determines the communication speed of the printer
#define BAUDRATE 250000
// This enables the serial port associated to the Bluetooth interface
//#define BTENABLED // Enable BT interface on AT90USB devices
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER
#endif
// Define this to set a custom name for your generic Mendel,
// #define CUSTOM_MENDEL_NAME "This Mendel"
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
// #define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// This defines the number of extruders
#define EXTRUDERS 1
//// The following define selects which power supply you have. Please choose the one that matches your setup
// 1 = ATX
// 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
// Define this to have the electronics keep the power supply off on startup. If you don't know what this is leave it.
// #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
//--NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
//
//// Temperature sensor settings:
// -2 is thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
// -1 is thermocouple with AD595
// 0 is not used
// 1 is 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
// 2 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
// 3 is Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 4 is 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
// 5 is 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
// 6 is 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
// 7 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 71 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 8 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
// 9 is 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
// 10 is 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
// 11 is 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 12 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
// 13 is 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
// 20 is the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
// 60 is 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
//
// 1k ohm pullup tables - This is not normal, you would have to have changed out your 4.7k for 1k
// (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
// 51 is 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
// 52 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
// 55 is 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
//
// 1047 is Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
// 1010 is Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
// 147 is Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
// 110 is Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
// This makes temp sensor 1 a redundant sensor for sensor 0. If the temperatures difference between these sensors is to high the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
// Actual temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
// If your bed has low resistance e.g. .6 ohm and throws the fuse you can duty cycle it to reduce the
// average current. The value should be an integer and the heat bed will be turned on for 1 interval of
// HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER intervals.
//#define HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER 4
// If you want the M105 heater power reported in watts, define the BED_WATTS, and (shared for all extruders) EXTRUDER_WATTS
//#define EXTRUDER_WATTS (12.0*12.0/6.7) // P=I^2/R
//#define BED_WATTS (12.0*12.0/1.1) // P=I^2/R
// PID settings:
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMP
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more then PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
#define PID_INTEGRAL_DRIVE_MAX PID_MAX //limit for the integral term
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
#define PID_dT ((OVERSAMPLENR * 10.0)/(F_CPU / 64.0 / 256.0)) //sampling period of the temperature routine
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
// MakerGear
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 12
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 440
#endif // PIDTEMP
// Bed Temperature Control
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
//
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
// If your PID_dT above is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
//#define PIDTEMPBED
//
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMPBED
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from pidautotune
// #define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
// #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
// #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
//this prevents dangerous Extruder moves, i.e. if the temperature is under the limit
//can be software-disabled for whatever purposes by
#define PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE
//if PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE is on, you can still disable (uncomment) very long bits of extrusion separately.
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH (X_MAX_LENGTH+Y_MAX_LENGTH) //prevent extrusion of very large distances.
/*================== Thermal Runaway Protection ==============================
This is a feature to protect your printer from burn up in flames if it has
a thermistor coming off place (this happened to a friend of mine recently and
motivated me writing this feature).
The issue: If a thermistor come off, it will read a lower temperature than actual.
The system will turn the heater on forever, burning up the filament and anything
else around.
After the temperature reaches the target for the first time, this feature will
start measuring for how long the current temperature stays below the target
minus _HYSTERESIS (set_temperature - THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS).
If it stays longer than _PERIOD, it means the thermistor temperature
cannot catch up with the target, so something *may be* wrong. Then, to be on the
safe side, the system will he halt.
Bear in mind the count down will just start AFTER the first time the
thermistor temperature is over the target, so you will have no problem if
your extruder heater takes 2 minutes to hit the target on heating.
*/
// If you want to enable this feature for all your extruder heaters,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for all extruder heaters
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // in degree Celsius
// If you want to enable this feature for your bed heater,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for the bed heater
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // in degree Celsius
//===========================================================================
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
// Uncomment the following line to enable CoreXY kinematics
// #define COREXY
// coarse Endstop Settings
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
#ifndef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
#ifdef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
// The pullups are needed if you directly connect a mechanical endswitch between the signal and ground pins.
const bool X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
//#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
//#define DISABLE_MIN_ENDSTOPS
// Disable max endstops for compatibility with endstop checking routine
#if defined(COREXY) && !defined(DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS)
#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
#endif
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis when it's not being used.
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
#define INVERT_X_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false // for Mendel set to true, for Orca set to false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
// ENDSTOP SETTINGS:
// Sets direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define min_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates less than HOME_POS.
#define max_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates greater than the defined lengths below.
// Travel limits after homing
#define X_MAX_POS 205
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MAX_POS 205
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_LENGTH (X_MAX_POS - X_MIN_POS)
#define Y_MAX_LENGTH (Y_MAX_POS - Y_MIN_POS)
#define Z_MAX_LENGTH (Z_MAX_POS - Z_MIN_POS)
//============================= Bed Auto Leveling ===========================
//#define ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING // Delete the comment to enable (remove // at the start of the line)
#define Z_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST // If not commented out, Z-Probe Repeatability test will be included if Auto Bed Leveling is Enabled.
#ifdef ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// There are 2 different ways to pick the X and Y locations to probe:
// - "grid" mode
// Probe every point in a rectangular grid
// You must specify the rectangle, and the density of sample points
// This mode is preferred because there are more measurements.
// It used to be called ACCURATE_BED_LEVELING but "grid" is more descriptive
// - "3-point" mode
// Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't colinear)
// You must specify the X & Y coordinates of all 3 points
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID, the bed is sampled in a
// AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTSxAUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS grid
// and least squares solution is calculated
// Note: this feature occupies 10'206 byte
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// set the rectangle in which to probe
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 180
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
// set the number of grid points per dimension
// I wouldn't see a reason to go above 3 (=9 probing points on the bed)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS 2
#else // not AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with no grid, just probe 3 arbitrary points. A simple cross-product
// is used to esimate the plane of the print bed
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// these are the offsets to the probe relative to the extruder tip (Hotend - Probe)
// X and Y offsets must be integers
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -25
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -29
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -12.35
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_HOMING 4 // (in mm) Raise Z before homing (G28) for Probe Clearance.
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case
#define XY_TRAVEL_SPEED 8000 // X and Y axis travel speed between probes, in mm/min
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_PROBING 15 //How much the extruder will be raised before traveling to the first probing point.
#define Z_RAISE_BETWEEN_PROBINGS 5 //How much the extruder will be raised when traveling from between next probing points
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED // turn on if you have a z-probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // the extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
//If defined, the Probe servo will be turned on only during movement and then turned off to avoid jerk
//The value is the delay to turn the servo off after powered on - depends on the servo speed; 300ms is good value, but you can try lower it.
// You MUST HAVE the SERVO_ENDSTOPS defined to use here a value higher than zero otherwise your code will not compile.
// #define PROBE_SERVO_DEACTIVATION_DELAY 300
//If you have enabled the Bed Auto Leveling and are using the same Z Probe for Z Homing,
//it is highly recommended you let this Z_SAFE_HOMING enabled!!!
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING // This feature is meant to avoid Z homing with probe outside the bed area.
// When defined, it will:
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled
// - If stepper drivers timeout, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing
// - Position the probe in a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axis (G28)
// - Block Z homing only when the probe is outside bed area.
#ifdef Z_SAFE_HOMING
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT (X_MAX_LENGTH/2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT (Y_MAX_LENGTH/2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#endif
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID // Check if Probe_Offset * Grid Points is greater than Probing Range
#if X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#if Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif // ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// The position of the homing switches
//#define MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // If defined, MANUAL_*_HOME_POS below will be used
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 // If defined, the center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//Manual homing switch locations:
// For deltabots this means top and center of the Cartesian print volume.
#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 402 // For delta: Distance between nozzle and print surface after homing.
//// MOVEMENT SETTINGS
#define NUM_AXIS 4 // The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0} // set the homing speeds (mm/min)
// default settings
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {78.7402,78.7402,200.0*8/3,760*1.1} // default steps per unit for Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {500, 500, 5, 25} // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION {9000,9000,100,10000} // X, Y, Z, E maximum start speed for accelerated moves. E default values are good for Skeinforge 40+, for older versions raise them a lot.
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
// The speed change that does not require acceleration (i.e. the software might assume it can be done instantaneously)
#define DEFAULT_XYJERK 20.0 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // (mm/sec)
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// Custom M code points
#define CUSTOM_M_CODES
#ifdef CUSTOM_M_CODES
#define CUSTOM_M_CODE_SET_Z_PROBE_OFFSET 851
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -15
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -5
#endif
// EEPROM
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
//define this to enable EEPROM support
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
//to disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
// please keep turned on if you can.
//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT
// Preheat Constants
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 180
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 70
#define PLA_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 240
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 100
#define ABS_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
//LCD and SD support
//#define ULTRA_LCD //general LCD support, also 16x2
//#define DOGLCD // Support for SPI LCD 128x64 (Controller ST7565R graphic Display Family)
//#define SDSUPPORT // Enable SD Card Support in Hardware Console
//#define SDSLOW // Use slower SD transfer mode (not normally needed - uncomment if you're getting volume init error)
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY // Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 // Increase if you have a high resolution encoder
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 // Set according to ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP or your liking
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER //as available from the Ultimaker online store.
//#define ULTIPANEL //the UltiPanel as on Thingiverse
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 // this is the tone frequency the buzzer plays when on UI feedback. ie Screen Click
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 // the duration the buzzer plays the UI feedback sound. ie Screen Click
// The MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//#define MAKRPANEL
// The RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller (blue PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//#define G3D_PANEL
// The RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller (quadratic white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
// ==> REMEMBER TO INSTALL U8glib to your ARDUINO library folder: http://code.google.com/p/u8glib/wiki/u8glib
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // how much should be moved when a key is pressed, eg 10.0 means 10mm per click
// The Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
// REMEMBER TO INSTALL LiquidCrystal_I2C.h in your ARDUINO library folder: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//automatic expansion
#if defined (MAKRPANEL)
#define DOGLCD
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 17
#endif
#if defined (REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER)
#define DOGLCD
#define U8GLIB_ST7920
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
#endif
#if defined(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER) || defined(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) || defined(G3D_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#endif
#if defined(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#if defined(RA_CONTROL_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCA8574
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#endif
//I2C PANELS
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
#ifdef LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
// This uses the LiquidCrystal_I2C library ( https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home )
// Make sure it is placed in the Arduino libraries directory.
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCF8575
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, separate encoder and click inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
#ifdef LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// (v1.2.3 no longer requires you to define PANELOLU in the LiquidTWI2.h library header file)
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to a pin
// (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#ifndef ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
#endif
#ifndef ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
#endif
#ifdef LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
#endif
#endif
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, integrated click & L/R/U/P buttons, separate encoder inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
#ifdef LCD_I2C_VIKI
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// Note: The pause/stop/resume LCD button pin should be connected to the Arduino
// BTN_ENC pin (or set BTN_ENC to -1 if not used)
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD (requires LiquidTWI2 v1.2.3 or later)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// Shift register panels
// ---------------------
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from:
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/schematics#!shiftregister-connection
//#define SAV_3DLCD
#ifdef SAV_3DLCD
#define SR_LCD_2W_NL // Non latching 2 wire shiftregister
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
// #define NEWPANEL //enable this if you have a click-encoder panel
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the DOG graphic display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 4
#endif
#else //no panel but just LCD
#ifdef ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the 128x64 graphics display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 16
#define LCD_HEIGHT 2
#endif
#endif
#endif
// default LCD contrast for dogm-like LCD displays
#ifdef DOGLCD
# ifndef DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST
# define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 32
# endif
#endif
// Increase the FAN pwm frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bet temperature.
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not ass annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
// #define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// SF send wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
//#define BARICUDA
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
//#define BLINKM
/*********************************************************************\
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
**********************************************************************/
// Number of servos
//
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
//
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// Servo Endstops
//
// This allows for servo actuated endstops, primary usage is for the Z Axis to eliminate calibration or bed height changes.
// Use M206 command to correct for switch height offset to actual nozzle height. Store that setting with M500.
//
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOPS {-1, -1, 0} // Servo index for X, Y, Z. Disable with -1
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOP_ANGLES {0,0, 0,0, 70,0} // X,Y,Z Axis Extend and Retract angles
/**********************************************************************\
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
*
* Motherboards
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
**********************************************************************/
// Uncomment below to enable
//#define FILAMENT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
//defines used in the code
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#include "Configuration_adv.h"
#include "thermistortables.h"
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_H

520
config/default/Configuration_adv.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
#ifdef BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 //only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 //ms between checks in bang-bang control
//// Heating sanity check:
// This waits for the watch period in milliseconds whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature
// If the temperature has not increased at the end of that period, the target temperature is set to zero.
// It can be reset with another M104/M109. This check is also only triggered if the target temperature and the current temperature
// differ by at least 2x WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
//#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40000 //40 seconds
//#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 //Heat up at least 10 degree in 20 seconds
#ifdef PIDTEMP
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
#define PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#ifdef PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#define DEFAULT_Kc (1) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#endif
#endif
//automatic temperature: The hot end target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
//The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor are called "se".
//You enter the autotemp mode by a M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
// the target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and limited by mintemp and maxtemp
// you exit the value by any M109 without F*
// Also, if the temperature is set to a value <mintemp, it is not changed by autotemp.
// on an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
#define AUTOTEMP
#ifdef AUTOTEMP
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
//Show Temperature ADC value
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
// extruder run-out prevention.
//if the machine is idle, and the temperature over MINTEMP, every couple of SECONDS some filament is extruded
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30.
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_ESTEPS 14. //mm filament
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500. //extrusion speed
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 100
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
// Extruder cooling fans
// Configure fan pin outputs to automatically turn on/off when the associated
// extruder temperature is above/below EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
// Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
// the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
#define EXTRUDER_0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
#define ENDSTOPS_ONLY_FOR_HOMING // If defined the endstops will only be used for homing
//// AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES
//// Added by ZetaPhoenix 09-15-2012
#ifdef MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // Use manual limit switch locations
#define X_HOME_POS MANUAL_X_HOME_POS
#define Y_HOME_POS MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS
#define Z_HOME_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS
#else //Set min/max homing switch positions based upon homing direction and min/max travel limits
//X axis
#if X_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //X_HOME_DIR == -1
//Y axis
#if Y_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //Y_HOME_DIR == -1
// Z axis
#if Z_HOME_DIR == -1 //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 not used
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS
#else
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MAX_POS
#endif //Z_HOME_DIR == -1
#endif //End auto min/max positions
//END AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES -ZP
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
// Uncomment this define to utilize a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
// Only a few motherboards support this, like RAMPS, which have dual extruder support (the 2nd, often unused, extruder driver is used
// to control the 2nd Z axis stepper motor). The pins are currently only defined for a RAMPS motherboards.
// On a RAMPS (or other 5 driver) motherboard, using this feature will limit you to using 1 extruder.
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#ifdef Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
// Same again but for Y Axis.
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
// Define if the two Y drives need to rotate in opposite directions
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
#ifdef Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
#if defined (Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && defined (Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#error "You cannot have dual drivers for both Y and Z"
#endif
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
// allowing faster printing speeds.
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#ifdef DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Configuration for second X-carriage
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
// However: In this mode the EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// Pins for second x-carriage stepper driver (defined here to avoid further complicating pins.h)
#define X2_ENABLE_PIN 29
#define X2_STEP_PIN 25
#define X2_DIR_PIN 23
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
// Mode 0: Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
// Mode 1: Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
// Mode 2: Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE 0
// As the x-carriages are independent we can now account for any relative Z offset
#define EXTRUDER1_Z_OFFSET 0.0 // z offset relative to extruder 0
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
#define X_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_RETRACT_MM 2
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
#ifdef CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 10000 // Max step frequency for Toshiba Stepper Controllers
#else
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 40000 // Max step frequency for Ultimaker (5000 pps / half step)
#endif
//By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
//default stepper release if idle
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
// Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // set the speeds for manual moves (mm/min)
#endif
//Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY
#endif
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
// MS1 MS2 Stepper Driver Microstepping mode table
#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW
#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW
#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP16 HIGH,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
// using:
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
// Show a progress bar on the LCD when printing from SD?
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
#ifdef LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
#endif
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
//#define USE_WATCHDOG
#ifdef USE_WATCHDOG
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// Enable the option to stop SD printing when hitting and endstops, needs to be enabled from the LCD menu when this option is enabled.
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
// does not respect endstops!
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#ifdef BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
#define BABYSTEP_Z_MULTIPLICATOR 2 //faster z movements
#ifdef COREXY
#error BABYSTEPPING not implemented for COREXY yet.
#endif
#ifdef DELTA
#ifdef BABYSTEP_XY
#error BABYSTEPPING only implemented for Z axis on deltabots.
#endif
#endif
#endif
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
//
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
//
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
//#define ADVANCE
#ifdef ADVANCE
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
#define STEPS_MM_E 836
#define EXTRUSION_AREA (0.25 * D_FILAMENT * D_FILAMENT * 3.14159)
#define STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E (axis_steps_per_unit[E_AXIS]/ EXTRUSION_AREA)
#endif // ADVANCE
// Arc interpretation settings:
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
const unsigned int dropsegments=5; //everything with less than this number of steps will be ignored as move and joined with the next movement
// If you are using a RAMPS board or cheap E-bay purchased boards that do not detect when an SD card is inserted
// You can get round this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined as SDCARDCARDDETECT
// in the pins.h file. When using a push button pulling the pin to ground this will need inverted. This setting should
// be commented out otherwise
#define SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#undef SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#endif
// Power Signal Control Definitions
// By default use ATX definition
#ifndef POWER_SUPPLY
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
#endif
// 1 = ATX
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 1)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE LOW
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP HIGH
#endif
// 2 = X-Box 360 203W
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 2)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE HIGH
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP LOW
#endif
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//=============================Buffers ============================
//===========================================================================
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if defined SDSUPPORT
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
//The ASCII buffer for receiving from the serial:
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
// #define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
#ifdef FWRETRACT
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
#endif
//adds support for experimental filament exchange support M600; requires display
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_XPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_YPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_ZADD 10
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FIRSTRETRACT -2
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FINALRETRACT -100
#endif
#endif
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#error EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT currently incompatible with FILAMENTCHANGE
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//============================= Define Defines ============================
//===========================================================================
#if defined (ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING) && defined (DELTA)
#error "Bed Auto Leveling is still not compatible with Delta Kinematics."
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#error "You cannot use TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined HEATERS_PARALLEL
#error "You cannot use HEATERS_PARALLEL if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_0 TEMP_SENSOR_0
#define HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_1 TEMP_SENSOR_1
#define HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_2 TEMP_SENSOR_2
#define HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED > 0
#define THERMISTORBED TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define BED_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1
#define HEATER_0_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1
#define HEATER_1_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == -1
#define HEATER_2_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1
#define BED_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2
#define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 0
#undef HEATER_0_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_0_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 0
#undef HEATER_1_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_1_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 0
#undef HEATER_2_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_2_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0
#undef BED_MINTEMP
#undef BED_MAXTEMP
#endif
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_ADV_H

802
config/examples/SCARA/Configuration.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,802 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
#define CONFIGURATION_H
#include "boards.h"
// This configuration file contains the basic settings.
// Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
// BASIC SETTINGS: select your board type, temperature sensor type, axis scaling, and endstop configuration
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/delta directory.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
//
// @section info
#ifdef USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING
#include "_Version.h"
#else
#include "Default_Version.h"
#endif
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
//#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE // will be shown during bootup in line 2
#define STRING_VERSION_CONFIG_H __DATE__ " " __TIME__ // build date and time
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
// SERIAL_PORT selects which serial port should be used for communication with the host.
// This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
// Serial port 0 is still used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
// This determines the communication speed of the printer
#define BAUDRATE 250000
// This enables the serial port associated to the Bluetooth interface
//#define BTENABLED // Enable BT interface on AT90USB devices
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER
#endif
// Define this to set a custom name for your generic Mendel,
// #define CUSTOM_MENDEL_NAME "This Mendel"
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
// #define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// This defines the number of extruders
#define EXTRUDERS 1
//// The following define selects which power supply you have. Please choose the one that matches your setup
// 1 = ATX
// 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
// Define this to have the electronics keep the power supply off on startup. If you don't know what this is leave it.
// #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
//--NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
//
//// Temperature sensor settings:
// -2 is thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
// -1 is thermocouple with AD595
// 0 is not used
// 1 is 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
// 2 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
// 3 is Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 4 is 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
// 5 is 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
// 6 is 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
// 7 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 71 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 8 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
// 9 is 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
// 10 is 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
// 11 is 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 12 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
// 13 is 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
// 20 is the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
// 60 is 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
//
// 1k ohm pullup tables - This is not normal, you would have to have changed out your 4.7k for 1k
// (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
// 51 is 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
// 52 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
// 55 is 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
//
// 1047 is Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
// 1010 is Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
// 147 is Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
// 110 is Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
// This makes temp sensor 1 a redundant sensor for sensor 0. If the temperatures difference between these sensors is to high the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
// Actual temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
// If your bed has low resistance e.g. .6 ohm and throws the fuse you can duty cycle it to reduce the
// average current. The value should be an integer and the heat bed will be turned on for 1 interval of
// HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER intervals.
//#define HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER 4
// If you want the M105 heater power reported in watts, define the BED_WATTS, and (shared for all extruders) EXTRUDER_WATTS
//#define EXTRUDER_WATTS (12.0*12.0/6.7) // P=I^2/R
//#define BED_WATTS (12.0*12.0/1.1) // P=I^2/R
// PID settings:
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMP
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more then PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
#define PID_INTEGRAL_DRIVE_MAX PID_MAX //limit for the integral term
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
#define PID_dT ((OVERSAMPLENR * 10.0)/(F_CPU / 64.0 / 256.0)) //sampling period of the temperature routine
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
// MakerGear
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 12
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 440
#endif // PIDTEMP
// Bed Temperature Control
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
//
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
// If your PID_dT above is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
//#define PIDTEMPBED
//
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMPBED
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from pidautotune
// #define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
// #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
// #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
//this prevents dangerous Extruder moves, i.e. if the temperature is under the limit
//can be software-disabled for whatever purposes by
#define PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE
//if PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE is on, you can still disable (uncomment) very long bits of extrusion separately.
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH (X_MAX_LENGTH+Y_MAX_LENGTH) //prevent extrusion of very large distances.
/*================== Thermal Runaway Protection ==============================
This is a feature to protect your printer from burn up in flames if it has
a thermistor coming off place (this happened to a friend of mine recently and
motivated me writing this feature).
The issue: If a thermistor come off, it will read a lower temperature than actual.
The system will turn the heater on forever, burning up the filament and anything
else around.
After the temperature reaches the target for the first time, this feature will
start measuring for how long the current temperature stays below the target
minus _HYSTERESIS (set_temperature - THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS).
If it stays longer than _PERIOD, it means the thermistor temperature
cannot catch up with the target, so something *may be* wrong. Then, to be on the
safe side, the system will he halt.
Bear in mind the count down will just start AFTER the first time the
thermistor temperature is over the target, so you will have no problem if
your extruder heater takes 2 minutes to hit the target on heating.
*/
// If you want to enable this feature for all your extruder heaters,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for all extruder heaters
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // in degree Celsius
// If you want to enable this feature for your bed heater,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for the bed heater
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // in degree Celsius
//===========================================================================
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
// Uncomment the following line to enable CoreXY kinematics
// #define COREXY
// coarse Endstop Settings
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
#ifndef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
#ifdef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
// The pullups are needed if you directly connect a mechanical endswitch between the signal and ground pins.
const bool X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
//#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
//#define DISABLE_MIN_ENDSTOPS
// Disable max endstops for compatibility with endstop checking routine
#if defined(COREXY) && !defined(DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS)
#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
#endif
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis when it's not being used.
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
#define INVERT_X_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false // for Mendel set to true, for Orca set to false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
// ENDSTOP SETTINGS:
// Sets direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define min_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates less than HOME_POS.
#define max_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates greater than the defined lengths below.
// Travel limits after homing
#define X_MAX_POS 205
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MAX_POS 205
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_LENGTH (X_MAX_POS - X_MIN_POS)
#define Y_MAX_LENGTH (Y_MAX_POS - Y_MIN_POS)
#define Z_MAX_LENGTH (Z_MAX_POS - Z_MIN_POS)
//============================= Bed Auto Leveling ===========================
//#define ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING // Delete the comment to enable (remove // at the start of the line)
#define Z_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST // If not commented out, Z-Probe Repeatability test will be included if Auto Bed Leveling is Enabled.
#ifdef ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// There are 2 different ways to pick the X and Y locations to probe:
// - "grid" mode
// Probe every point in a rectangular grid
// You must specify the rectangle, and the density of sample points
// This mode is preferred because there are more measurements.
// It used to be called ACCURATE_BED_LEVELING but "grid" is more descriptive
// - "3-point" mode
// Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't colinear)
// You must specify the X & Y coordinates of all 3 points
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID, the bed is sampled in a
// AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTSxAUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS grid
// and least squares solution is calculated
// Note: this feature occupies 10'206 byte
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// set the rectangle in which to probe
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 180
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
// set the number of grid points per dimension
// I wouldn't see a reason to go above 3 (=9 probing points on the bed)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS 2
#else // not AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with no grid, just probe 3 arbitrary points. A simple cross-product
// is used to esimate the plane of the print bed
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// these are the offsets to the probe relative to the extruder tip (Hotend - Probe)
// X and Y offsets must be integers
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -25
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -29
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -12.35
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_HOMING 4 // (in mm) Raise Z before homing (G28) for Probe Clearance.
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case
#define XY_TRAVEL_SPEED 8000 // X and Y axis travel speed between probes, in mm/min
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_PROBING 15 //How much the extruder will be raised before traveling to the first probing point.
#define Z_RAISE_BETWEEN_PROBINGS 5 //How much the extruder will be raised when traveling from between next probing points
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED // turn on if you have a z-probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // the extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
//If defined, the Probe servo will be turned on only during movement and then turned off to avoid jerk
//The value is the delay to turn the servo off after powered on - depends on the servo speed; 300ms is good value, but you can try lower it.
// You MUST HAVE the SERVO_ENDSTOPS defined to use here a value higher than zero otherwise your code will not compile.
// #define PROBE_SERVO_DEACTIVATION_DELAY 300
//If you have enabled the Bed Auto Leveling and are using the same Z Probe for Z Homing,
//it is highly recommended you let this Z_SAFE_HOMING enabled!!!
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING // This feature is meant to avoid Z homing with probe outside the bed area.
// When defined, it will:
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled
// - If stepper drivers timeout, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing
// - Position the probe in a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axis (G28)
// - Block Z homing only when the probe is outside bed area.
#ifdef Z_SAFE_HOMING
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT (X_MAX_LENGTH/2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT (Y_MAX_LENGTH/2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#endif
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID // Check if Probe_Offset * Grid Points is greater than Probing Range
#if X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#if Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif // ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// The position of the homing switches
//#define MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // If defined, MANUAL_*_HOME_POS below will be used
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 // If defined, the center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//Manual homing switch locations:
// For deltabots this means top and center of the Cartesian print volume.
#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 402 // For delta: Distance between nozzle and print surface after homing.
//// MOVEMENT SETTINGS
#define NUM_AXIS 4 // The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0} // set the homing speeds (mm/min)
// default settings
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {78.7402,78.7402,200.0*8/3,760*1.1} // default steps per unit for Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {500, 500, 5, 25} // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION {9000,9000,100,10000} // X, Y, Z, E maximum start speed for accelerated moves. E default values are good for Skeinforge 40+, for older versions raise them a lot.
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
// The speed change that does not require acceleration (i.e. the software might assume it can be done instantaneously)
#define DEFAULT_XYJERK 20.0 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // (mm/sec)
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// Custom M code points
#define CUSTOM_M_CODES
#ifdef CUSTOM_M_CODES
#define CUSTOM_M_CODE_SET_Z_PROBE_OFFSET 851
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -15
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -5
#endif
// EEPROM
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
//define this to enable EEPROM support
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
//to disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
// please keep turned on if you can.
//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT
// Preheat Constants
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 180
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 70
#define PLA_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 240
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 100
#define ABS_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
//LCD and SD support
//#define ULTRA_LCD //general LCD support, also 16x2
//#define DOGLCD // Support for SPI LCD 128x64 (Controller ST7565R graphic Display Family)
//#define SDSUPPORT // Enable SD Card Support in Hardware Console
//#define SDSLOW // Use slower SD transfer mode (not normally needed - uncomment if you're getting volume init error)
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY // Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 // Increase if you have a high resolution encoder
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 // Set according to ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP or your liking
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER //as available from the Ultimaker online store.
//#define ULTIPANEL //the UltiPanel as on Thingiverse
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 // this is the tone frequency the buzzer plays when on UI feedback. ie Screen Click
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 // the duration the buzzer plays the UI feedback sound. ie Screen Click
// The MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//#define MAKRPANEL
// The RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller (blue PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//#define G3D_PANEL
// The RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller (quadratic white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
// ==> REMEMBER TO INSTALL U8glib to your ARDUINO library folder: http://code.google.com/p/u8glib/wiki/u8glib
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // how much should be moved when a key is pressed, eg 10.0 means 10mm per click
// The Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
// REMEMBER TO INSTALL LiquidCrystal_I2C.h in your ARDUINO library folder: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//automatic expansion
#if defined (MAKRPANEL)
#define DOGLCD
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 17
#endif
#if defined (REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER)
#define DOGLCD
#define U8GLIB_ST7920
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
#endif
#if defined(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER) || defined(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) || defined(G3D_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#endif
#if defined(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#if defined(RA_CONTROL_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCA8574
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#endif
//I2C PANELS
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
#ifdef LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
// This uses the LiquidCrystal_I2C library ( https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home )
// Make sure it is placed in the Arduino libraries directory.
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCF8575
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, separate encoder and click inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
#ifdef LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// (v1.2.3 no longer requires you to define PANELOLU in the LiquidTWI2.h library header file)
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to a pin
// (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#ifndef ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
#endif
#ifndef ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
#endif
#ifdef LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
#endif
#endif
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, integrated click & L/R/U/P buttons, separate encoder inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
#ifdef LCD_I2C_VIKI
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// Note: The pause/stop/resume LCD button pin should be connected to the Arduino
// BTN_ENC pin (or set BTN_ENC to -1 if not used)
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD (requires LiquidTWI2 v1.2.3 or later)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// Shift register panels
// ---------------------
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from:
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/schematics#!shiftregister-connection
//#define SAV_3DLCD
#ifdef SAV_3DLCD
#define SR_LCD_2W_NL // Non latching 2 wire shiftregister
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
// #define NEWPANEL //enable this if you have a click-encoder panel
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the DOG graphic display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 4
#endif
#else //no panel but just LCD
#ifdef ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the 128x64 graphics display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 16
#define LCD_HEIGHT 2
#endif
#endif
#endif
// default LCD contrast for dogm-like LCD displays
#ifdef DOGLCD
# ifndef DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST
# define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 32
# endif
#endif
// Increase the FAN pwm frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bet temperature.
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not ass annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
// #define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// SF send wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
//#define BARICUDA
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
//#define BLINKM
/*********************************************************************\
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
**********************************************************************/
// Number of servos
//
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
//
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// Servo Endstops
//
// This allows for servo actuated endstops, primary usage is for the Z Axis to eliminate calibration or bed height changes.
// Use M206 command to correct for switch height offset to actual nozzle height. Store that setting with M500.
//
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOPS {-1, -1, 0} // Servo index for X, Y, Z. Disable with -1
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOP_ANGLES {0,0, 0,0, 70,0} // X,Y,Z Axis Extend and Retract angles
/**********************************************************************\
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
*
* Motherboards
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
**********************************************************************/
// Uncomment below to enable
//#define FILAMENT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
//defines used in the code
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#include "Configuration_adv.h"
#include "thermistortables.h"
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_H

520
config/examples/SCARA/Configuration_adv.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
#ifdef BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 //only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 //ms between checks in bang-bang control
//// Heating sanity check:
// This waits for the watch period in milliseconds whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature
// If the temperature has not increased at the end of that period, the target temperature is set to zero.
// It can be reset with another M104/M109. This check is also only triggered if the target temperature and the current temperature
// differ by at least 2x WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
//#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40000 //40 seconds
//#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 //Heat up at least 10 degree in 20 seconds
#ifdef PIDTEMP
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
#define PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#ifdef PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#define DEFAULT_Kc (1) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#endif
#endif
//automatic temperature: The hot end target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
//The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor are called "se".
//You enter the autotemp mode by a M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
// the target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and limited by mintemp and maxtemp
// you exit the value by any M109 without F*
// Also, if the temperature is set to a value <mintemp, it is not changed by autotemp.
// on an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
#define AUTOTEMP
#ifdef AUTOTEMP
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
//Show Temperature ADC value
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
// extruder run-out prevention.
//if the machine is idle, and the temperature over MINTEMP, every couple of SECONDS some filament is extruded
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30.
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_ESTEPS 14. //mm filament
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500. //extrusion speed
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 100
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
// Extruder cooling fans
// Configure fan pin outputs to automatically turn on/off when the associated
// extruder temperature is above/below EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
// Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
// the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
#define EXTRUDER_0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
#define ENDSTOPS_ONLY_FOR_HOMING // If defined the endstops will only be used for homing
//// AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES
//// Added by ZetaPhoenix 09-15-2012
#ifdef MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // Use manual limit switch locations
#define X_HOME_POS MANUAL_X_HOME_POS
#define Y_HOME_POS MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS
#define Z_HOME_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS
#else //Set min/max homing switch positions based upon homing direction and min/max travel limits
//X axis
#if X_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //X_HOME_DIR == -1
//Y axis
#if Y_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //Y_HOME_DIR == -1
// Z axis
#if Z_HOME_DIR == -1 //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 not used
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS
#else
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MAX_POS
#endif //Z_HOME_DIR == -1
#endif //End auto min/max positions
//END AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES -ZP
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
// Uncomment this define to utilize a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
// Only a few motherboards support this, like RAMPS, which have dual extruder support (the 2nd, often unused, extruder driver is used
// to control the 2nd Z axis stepper motor). The pins are currently only defined for a RAMPS motherboards.
// On a RAMPS (or other 5 driver) motherboard, using this feature will limit you to using 1 extruder.
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#ifdef Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
// Same again but for Y Axis.
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
// Define if the two Y drives need to rotate in opposite directions
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
#ifdef Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
#if defined (Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && defined (Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#error "You cannot have dual drivers for both Y and Z"
#endif
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
// allowing faster printing speeds.
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#ifdef DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Configuration for second X-carriage
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
// However: In this mode the EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// Pins for second x-carriage stepper driver (defined here to avoid further complicating pins.h)
#define X2_ENABLE_PIN 29
#define X2_STEP_PIN 25
#define X2_DIR_PIN 23
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
// Mode 0: Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
// Mode 1: Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
// Mode 2: Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE 0
// As the x-carriages are independent we can now account for any relative Z offset
#define EXTRUDER1_Z_OFFSET 0.0 // z offset relative to extruder 0
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
#define X_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_RETRACT_MM 2
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
#ifdef CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 10000 // Max step frequency for Toshiba Stepper Controllers
#else
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 40000 // Max step frequency for Ultimaker (5000 pps / half step)
#endif
//By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
//default stepper release if idle
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
// Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // set the speeds for manual moves (mm/min)
#endif
//Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY
#endif
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
// MS1 MS2 Stepper Driver Microstepping mode table
#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW
#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW
#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP16 HIGH,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
// using:
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
// Show a progress bar on the LCD when printing from SD?
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
#ifdef LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
#endif
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
//#define USE_WATCHDOG
#ifdef USE_WATCHDOG
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// Enable the option to stop SD printing when hitting and endstops, needs to be enabled from the LCD menu when this option is enabled.
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
// does not respect endstops!
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#ifdef BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
#define BABYSTEP_Z_MULTIPLICATOR 2 //faster z movements
#ifdef COREXY
#error BABYSTEPPING not implemented for COREXY yet.
#endif
#ifdef DELTA
#ifdef BABYSTEP_XY
#error BABYSTEPPING only implemented for Z axis on deltabots.
#endif
#endif
#endif
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
//
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
//
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
//#define ADVANCE
#ifdef ADVANCE
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
#define STEPS_MM_E 836
#define EXTRUSION_AREA (0.25 * D_FILAMENT * D_FILAMENT * 3.14159)
#define STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E (axis_steps_per_unit[E_AXIS]/ EXTRUSION_AREA)
#endif // ADVANCE
// Arc interpretation settings:
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
const unsigned int dropsegments=5; //everything with less than this number of steps will be ignored as move and joined with the next movement
// If you are using a RAMPS board or cheap E-bay purchased boards that do not detect when an SD card is inserted
// You can get round this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined as SDCARDCARDDETECT
// in the pins.h file. When using a push button pulling the pin to ground this will need inverted. This setting should
// be commented out otherwise
#define SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#undef SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#endif
// Power Signal Control Definitions
// By default use ATX definition
#ifndef POWER_SUPPLY
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
#endif
// 1 = ATX
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 1)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE LOW
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP HIGH
#endif
// 2 = X-Box 360 203W
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 2)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE HIGH
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP LOW
#endif
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//=============================Buffers ============================
//===========================================================================
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if defined SDSUPPORT
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
//The ASCII buffer for receiving from the serial:
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
// #define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
#ifdef FWRETRACT
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
#endif
//adds support for experimental filament exchange support M600; requires display
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_XPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_YPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_ZADD 10
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FIRSTRETRACT -2
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FINALRETRACT -100
#endif
#endif
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#error EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT currently incompatible with FILAMENTCHANGE
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//============================= Define Defines ============================
//===========================================================================
#if defined (ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING) && defined (DELTA)
#error "Bed Auto Leveling is still not compatible with Delta Kinematics."
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#error "You cannot use TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined HEATERS_PARALLEL
#error "You cannot use HEATERS_PARALLEL if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_0 TEMP_SENSOR_0
#define HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_1 TEMP_SENSOR_1
#define HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_2 TEMP_SENSOR_2
#define HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED > 0
#define THERMISTORBED TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define BED_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1
#define HEATER_0_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1
#define HEATER_1_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == -1
#define HEATER_2_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1
#define BED_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2
#define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 0
#undef HEATER_0_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_0_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 0
#undef HEATER_1_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_1_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 0
#undef HEATER_2_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_2_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0
#undef BED_MINTEMP
#undef BED_MAXTEMP
#endif
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_ADV_H

802
config/examples/delta/Configuration.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,802 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
#define CONFIGURATION_H
#include "boards.h"
// This configuration file contains the basic settings.
// Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
// BASIC SETTINGS: select your board type, temperature sensor type, axis scaling, and endstop configuration
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/delta directory.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
//
// @section info
#ifdef USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING
#include "_Version.h"
#else
#include "Default_Version.h"
#endif
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
//#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE // will be shown during bootup in line 2
#define STRING_VERSION_CONFIG_H __DATE__ " " __TIME__ // build date and time
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
// SERIAL_PORT selects which serial port should be used for communication with the host.
// This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
// Serial port 0 is still used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
// This determines the communication speed of the printer
#define BAUDRATE 250000
// This enables the serial port associated to the Bluetooth interface
//#define BTENABLED // Enable BT interface on AT90USB devices
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER
#endif
// Define this to set a custom name for your generic Mendel,
// #define CUSTOM_MENDEL_NAME "This Mendel"
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
// #define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// This defines the number of extruders
#define EXTRUDERS 1
//// The following define selects which power supply you have. Please choose the one that matches your setup
// 1 = ATX
// 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
// Define this to have the electronics keep the power supply off on startup. If you don't know what this is leave it.
// #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
//--NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
//
//// Temperature sensor settings:
// -2 is thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
// -1 is thermocouple with AD595
// 0 is not used
// 1 is 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
// 2 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
// 3 is Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 4 is 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
// 5 is 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
// 6 is 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
// 7 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 71 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 8 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
// 9 is 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
// 10 is 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
// 11 is 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 12 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
// 13 is 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
// 20 is the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
// 60 is 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
//
// 1k ohm pullup tables - This is not normal, you would have to have changed out your 4.7k for 1k
// (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
// 51 is 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
// 52 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
// 55 is 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
//
// 1047 is Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
// 1010 is Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
// 147 is Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
// 110 is Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
// This makes temp sensor 1 a redundant sensor for sensor 0. If the temperatures difference between these sensors is to high the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
// Actual temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
// If your bed has low resistance e.g. .6 ohm and throws the fuse you can duty cycle it to reduce the
// average current. The value should be an integer and the heat bed will be turned on for 1 interval of
// HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER intervals.
//#define HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER 4
// If you want the M105 heater power reported in watts, define the BED_WATTS, and (shared for all extruders) EXTRUDER_WATTS
//#define EXTRUDER_WATTS (12.0*12.0/6.7) // P=I^2/R
//#define BED_WATTS (12.0*12.0/1.1) // P=I^2/R
// PID settings:
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMP
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more then PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
#define PID_INTEGRAL_DRIVE_MAX PID_MAX //limit for the integral term
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
#define PID_dT ((OVERSAMPLENR * 10.0)/(F_CPU / 64.0 / 256.0)) //sampling period of the temperature routine
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
// MakerGear
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 12
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 440
#endif // PIDTEMP
// Bed Temperature Control
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
//
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
// If your PID_dT above is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
//#define PIDTEMPBED
//
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMPBED
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from pidautotune
// #define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
// #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
// #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
//this prevents dangerous Extruder moves, i.e. if the temperature is under the limit
//can be software-disabled for whatever purposes by
#define PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE
//if PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE is on, you can still disable (uncomment) very long bits of extrusion separately.
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH (X_MAX_LENGTH+Y_MAX_LENGTH) //prevent extrusion of very large distances.
/*================== Thermal Runaway Protection ==============================
This is a feature to protect your printer from burn up in flames if it has
a thermistor coming off place (this happened to a friend of mine recently and
motivated me writing this feature).
The issue: If a thermistor come off, it will read a lower temperature than actual.
The system will turn the heater on forever, burning up the filament and anything
else around.
After the temperature reaches the target for the first time, this feature will
start measuring for how long the current temperature stays below the target
minus _HYSTERESIS (set_temperature - THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS).
If it stays longer than _PERIOD, it means the thermistor temperature
cannot catch up with the target, so something *may be* wrong. Then, to be on the
safe side, the system will he halt.
Bear in mind the count down will just start AFTER the first time the
thermistor temperature is over the target, so you will have no problem if
your extruder heater takes 2 minutes to hit the target on heating.
*/
// If you want to enable this feature for all your extruder heaters,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for all extruder heaters
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // in degree Celsius
// If you want to enable this feature for your bed heater,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for the bed heater
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // in degree Celsius
//===========================================================================
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
// Uncomment the following line to enable CoreXY kinematics
// #define COREXY
// coarse Endstop Settings
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
#ifndef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
#ifdef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
// The pullups are needed if you directly connect a mechanical endswitch between the signal and ground pins.
const bool X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
//#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
//#define DISABLE_MIN_ENDSTOPS
// Disable max endstops for compatibility with endstop checking routine
#if defined(COREXY) && !defined(DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS)
#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
#endif
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis when it's not being used.
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
#define INVERT_X_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false // for Mendel set to true, for Orca set to false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
// ENDSTOP SETTINGS:
// Sets direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define min_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates less than HOME_POS.
#define max_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates greater than the defined lengths below.
// Travel limits after homing
#define X_MAX_POS 205
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MAX_POS 205
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_LENGTH (X_MAX_POS - X_MIN_POS)
#define Y_MAX_LENGTH (Y_MAX_POS - Y_MIN_POS)
#define Z_MAX_LENGTH (Z_MAX_POS - Z_MIN_POS)
//============================= Bed Auto Leveling ===========================
//#define ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING // Delete the comment to enable (remove // at the start of the line)
#define Z_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST // If not commented out, Z-Probe Repeatability test will be included if Auto Bed Leveling is Enabled.
#ifdef ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// There are 2 different ways to pick the X and Y locations to probe:
// - "grid" mode
// Probe every point in a rectangular grid
// You must specify the rectangle, and the density of sample points
// This mode is preferred because there are more measurements.
// It used to be called ACCURATE_BED_LEVELING but "grid" is more descriptive
// - "3-point" mode
// Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't colinear)
// You must specify the X & Y coordinates of all 3 points
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID, the bed is sampled in a
// AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTSxAUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS grid
// and least squares solution is calculated
// Note: this feature occupies 10'206 byte
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// set the rectangle in which to probe
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 180
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
// set the number of grid points per dimension
// I wouldn't see a reason to go above 3 (=9 probing points on the bed)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS 2
#else // not AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with no grid, just probe 3 arbitrary points. A simple cross-product
// is used to esimate the plane of the print bed
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// these are the offsets to the probe relative to the extruder tip (Hotend - Probe)
// X and Y offsets must be integers
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -25
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -29
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -12.35
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_HOMING 4 // (in mm) Raise Z before homing (G28) for Probe Clearance.
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case
#define XY_TRAVEL_SPEED 8000 // X and Y axis travel speed between probes, in mm/min
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_PROBING 15 //How much the extruder will be raised before traveling to the first probing point.
#define Z_RAISE_BETWEEN_PROBINGS 5 //How much the extruder will be raised when traveling from between next probing points
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED // turn on if you have a z-probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // the extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
//If defined, the Probe servo will be turned on only during movement and then turned off to avoid jerk
//The value is the delay to turn the servo off after powered on - depends on the servo speed; 300ms is good value, but you can try lower it.
// You MUST HAVE the SERVO_ENDSTOPS defined to use here a value higher than zero otherwise your code will not compile.
// #define PROBE_SERVO_DEACTIVATION_DELAY 300
//If you have enabled the Bed Auto Leveling and are using the same Z Probe for Z Homing,
//it is highly recommended you let this Z_SAFE_HOMING enabled!!!
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING // This feature is meant to avoid Z homing with probe outside the bed area.
// When defined, it will:
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled
// - If stepper drivers timeout, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing
// - Position the probe in a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axis (G28)
// - Block Z homing only when the probe is outside bed area.
#ifdef Z_SAFE_HOMING
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT (X_MAX_LENGTH/2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT (Y_MAX_LENGTH/2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#endif
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID // Check if Probe_Offset * Grid Points is greater than Probing Range
#if X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#if Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif // ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// The position of the homing switches
//#define MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // If defined, MANUAL_*_HOME_POS below will be used
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 // If defined, the center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//Manual homing switch locations:
// For deltabots this means top and center of the Cartesian print volume.
#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 402 // For delta: Distance between nozzle and print surface after homing.
//// MOVEMENT SETTINGS
#define NUM_AXIS 4 // The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0} // set the homing speeds (mm/min)
// default settings
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {78.7402,78.7402,200.0*8/3,760*1.1} // default steps per unit for Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {500, 500, 5, 25} // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION {9000,9000,100,10000} // X, Y, Z, E maximum start speed for accelerated moves. E default values are good for Skeinforge 40+, for older versions raise them a lot.
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
// The speed change that does not require acceleration (i.e. the software might assume it can be done instantaneously)
#define DEFAULT_XYJERK 20.0 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // (mm/sec)
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// Custom M code points
#define CUSTOM_M_CODES
#ifdef CUSTOM_M_CODES
#define CUSTOM_M_CODE_SET_Z_PROBE_OFFSET 851
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -15
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -5
#endif
// EEPROM
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
//define this to enable EEPROM support
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
//to disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
// please keep turned on if you can.
//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT
// Preheat Constants
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 180
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 70
#define PLA_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 240
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 100
#define ABS_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
//LCD and SD support
//#define ULTRA_LCD //general LCD support, also 16x2
//#define DOGLCD // Support for SPI LCD 128x64 (Controller ST7565R graphic Display Family)
//#define SDSUPPORT // Enable SD Card Support in Hardware Console
//#define SDSLOW // Use slower SD transfer mode (not normally needed - uncomment if you're getting volume init error)
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY // Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 // Increase if you have a high resolution encoder
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 // Set according to ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP or your liking
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER //as available from the Ultimaker online store.
//#define ULTIPANEL //the UltiPanel as on Thingiverse
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 // this is the tone frequency the buzzer plays when on UI feedback. ie Screen Click
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 // the duration the buzzer plays the UI feedback sound. ie Screen Click
// The MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//#define MAKRPANEL
// The RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller (blue PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//#define G3D_PANEL
// The RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller (quadratic white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
// ==> REMEMBER TO INSTALL U8glib to your ARDUINO library folder: http://code.google.com/p/u8glib/wiki/u8glib
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // how much should be moved when a key is pressed, eg 10.0 means 10mm per click
// The Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
// REMEMBER TO INSTALL LiquidCrystal_I2C.h in your ARDUINO library folder: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//automatic expansion
#if defined (MAKRPANEL)
#define DOGLCD
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 17
#endif
#if defined (REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER)
#define DOGLCD
#define U8GLIB_ST7920
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
#endif
#if defined(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER) || defined(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) || defined(G3D_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#endif
#if defined(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#if defined(RA_CONTROL_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCA8574
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#endif
//I2C PANELS
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
#ifdef LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
// This uses the LiquidCrystal_I2C library ( https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home )
// Make sure it is placed in the Arduino libraries directory.
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCF8575
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, separate encoder and click inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
#ifdef LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// (v1.2.3 no longer requires you to define PANELOLU in the LiquidTWI2.h library header file)
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to a pin
// (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#ifndef ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
#endif
#ifndef ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
#endif
#ifdef LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
#endif
#endif
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, integrated click & L/R/U/P buttons, separate encoder inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
#ifdef LCD_I2C_VIKI
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// Note: The pause/stop/resume LCD button pin should be connected to the Arduino
// BTN_ENC pin (or set BTN_ENC to -1 if not used)
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD (requires LiquidTWI2 v1.2.3 or later)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// Shift register panels
// ---------------------
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from:
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/schematics#!shiftregister-connection
//#define SAV_3DLCD
#ifdef SAV_3DLCD
#define SR_LCD_2W_NL // Non latching 2 wire shiftregister
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
// #define NEWPANEL //enable this if you have a click-encoder panel
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the DOG graphic display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 4
#endif
#else //no panel but just LCD
#ifdef ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the 128x64 graphics display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 16
#define LCD_HEIGHT 2
#endif
#endif
#endif
// default LCD contrast for dogm-like LCD displays
#ifdef DOGLCD
# ifndef DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST
# define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 32
# endif
#endif
// Increase the FAN pwm frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bet temperature.
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not ass annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
// #define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// SF send wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
//#define BARICUDA
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
//#define BLINKM
/*********************************************************************\
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
**********************************************************************/
// Number of servos
//
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
//
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// Servo Endstops
//
// This allows for servo actuated endstops, primary usage is for the Z Axis to eliminate calibration or bed height changes.
// Use M206 command to correct for switch height offset to actual nozzle height. Store that setting with M500.
//
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOPS {-1, -1, 0} // Servo index for X, Y, Z. Disable with -1
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOP_ANGLES {0,0, 0,0, 70,0} // X,Y,Z Axis Extend and Retract angles
/**********************************************************************\
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
*
* Motherboards
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
**********************************************************************/
// Uncomment below to enable
//#define FILAMENT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
//defines used in the code
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#include "Configuration_adv.h"
#include "thermistortables.h"
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_H

520
config/examples/delta/Configuration_adv.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
#ifdef BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 //only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 //ms between checks in bang-bang control
//// Heating sanity check:
// This waits for the watch period in milliseconds whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature
// If the temperature has not increased at the end of that period, the target temperature is set to zero.
// It can be reset with another M104/M109. This check is also only triggered if the target temperature and the current temperature
// differ by at least 2x WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
//#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40000 //40 seconds
//#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 //Heat up at least 10 degree in 20 seconds
#ifdef PIDTEMP
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
#define PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#ifdef PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#define DEFAULT_Kc (1) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#endif
#endif
//automatic temperature: The hot end target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
//The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor are called "se".
//You enter the autotemp mode by a M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
// the target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and limited by mintemp and maxtemp
// you exit the value by any M109 without F*
// Also, if the temperature is set to a value <mintemp, it is not changed by autotemp.
// on an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
#define AUTOTEMP
#ifdef AUTOTEMP
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
//Show Temperature ADC value
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
// extruder run-out prevention.
//if the machine is idle, and the temperature over MINTEMP, every couple of SECONDS some filament is extruded
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30.
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_ESTEPS 14. //mm filament
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500. //extrusion speed
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 100
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
// Extruder cooling fans
// Configure fan pin outputs to automatically turn on/off when the associated
// extruder temperature is above/below EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
// Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
// the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
#define EXTRUDER_0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
#define ENDSTOPS_ONLY_FOR_HOMING // If defined the endstops will only be used for homing
//// AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES
//// Added by ZetaPhoenix 09-15-2012
#ifdef MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // Use manual limit switch locations
#define X_HOME_POS MANUAL_X_HOME_POS
#define Y_HOME_POS MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS
#define Z_HOME_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS
#else //Set min/max homing switch positions based upon homing direction and min/max travel limits
//X axis
#if X_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //X_HOME_DIR == -1
//Y axis
#if Y_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //Y_HOME_DIR == -1
// Z axis
#if Z_HOME_DIR == -1 //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 not used
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS
#else
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MAX_POS
#endif //Z_HOME_DIR == -1
#endif //End auto min/max positions
//END AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES -ZP
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
// Uncomment this define to utilize a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
// Only a few motherboards support this, like RAMPS, which have dual extruder support (the 2nd, often unused, extruder driver is used
// to control the 2nd Z axis stepper motor). The pins are currently only defined for a RAMPS motherboards.
// On a RAMPS (or other 5 driver) motherboard, using this feature will limit you to using 1 extruder.
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#ifdef Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
// Same again but for Y Axis.
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
// Define if the two Y drives need to rotate in opposite directions
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
#ifdef Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
#if defined (Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && defined (Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#error "You cannot have dual drivers for both Y and Z"
#endif
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
// allowing faster printing speeds.
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#ifdef DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Configuration for second X-carriage
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
// However: In this mode the EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// Pins for second x-carriage stepper driver (defined here to avoid further complicating pins.h)
#define X2_ENABLE_PIN 29
#define X2_STEP_PIN 25
#define X2_DIR_PIN 23
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
// Mode 0: Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
// Mode 1: Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
// Mode 2: Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE 0
// As the x-carriages are independent we can now account for any relative Z offset
#define EXTRUDER1_Z_OFFSET 0.0 // z offset relative to extruder 0
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
#define X_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_RETRACT_MM 2
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
#ifdef CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 10000 // Max step frequency for Toshiba Stepper Controllers
#else
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 40000 // Max step frequency for Ultimaker (5000 pps / half step)
#endif
//By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
//default stepper release if idle
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
// Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // set the speeds for manual moves (mm/min)
#endif
//Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY
#endif
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
// MS1 MS2 Stepper Driver Microstepping mode table
#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW
#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW
#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP16 HIGH,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
// using:
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
// Show a progress bar on the LCD when printing from SD?
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
#ifdef LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
#endif
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
//#define USE_WATCHDOG
#ifdef USE_WATCHDOG
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// Enable the option to stop SD printing when hitting and endstops, needs to be enabled from the LCD menu when this option is enabled.
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
// does not respect endstops!
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#ifdef BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
#define BABYSTEP_Z_MULTIPLICATOR 2 //faster z movements
#ifdef COREXY
#error BABYSTEPPING not implemented for COREXY yet.
#endif
#ifdef DELTA
#ifdef BABYSTEP_XY
#error BABYSTEPPING only implemented for Z axis on deltabots.
#endif
#endif
#endif
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
//
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
//
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
//#define ADVANCE
#ifdef ADVANCE
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
#define STEPS_MM_E 836
#define EXTRUSION_AREA (0.25 * D_FILAMENT * D_FILAMENT * 3.14159)
#define STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E (axis_steps_per_unit[E_AXIS]/ EXTRUSION_AREA)
#endif // ADVANCE
// Arc interpretation settings:
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
const unsigned int dropsegments=5; //everything with less than this number of steps will be ignored as move and joined with the next movement
// If you are using a RAMPS board or cheap E-bay purchased boards that do not detect when an SD card is inserted
// You can get round this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined as SDCARDCARDDETECT
// in the pins.h file. When using a push button pulling the pin to ground this will need inverted. This setting should
// be commented out otherwise
#define SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#undef SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#endif
// Power Signal Control Definitions
// By default use ATX definition
#ifndef POWER_SUPPLY
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
#endif
// 1 = ATX
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 1)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE LOW
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP HIGH
#endif
// 2 = X-Box 360 203W
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 2)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE HIGH
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP LOW
#endif
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//=============================Buffers ============================
//===========================================================================
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if defined SDSUPPORT
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
//The ASCII buffer for receiving from the serial:
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
// #define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
#ifdef FWRETRACT
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
#endif
//adds support for experimental filament exchange support M600; requires display
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_XPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_YPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_ZADD 10
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FIRSTRETRACT -2
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FINALRETRACT -100
#endif
#endif
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#error EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT currently incompatible with FILAMENTCHANGE
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//============================= Define Defines ============================
//===========================================================================
#if defined (ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING) && defined (DELTA)
#error "Bed Auto Leveling is still not compatible with Delta Kinematics."
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#error "You cannot use TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined HEATERS_PARALLEL
#error "You cannot use HEATERS_PARALLEL if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_0 TEMP_SENSOR_0
#define HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_1 TEMP_SENSOR_1
#define HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_2 TEMP_SENSOR_2
#define HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED > 0
#define THERMISTORBED TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define BED_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1
#define HEATER_0_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1
#define HEATER_1_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == -1
#define HEATER_2_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1
#define BED_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2
#define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 0
#undef HEATER_0_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_0_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 0
#undef HEATER_1_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_1_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 0
#undef HEATER_2_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_2_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0
#undef BED_MINTEMP
#undef BED_MAXTEMP
#endif
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_ADV_H

802
config/examples/makibox/Configuration.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,802 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
#define CONFIGURATION_H
#include "boards.h"
// This configuration file contains the basic settings.
// Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
// BASIC SETTINGS: select your board type, temperature sensor type, axis scaling, and endstop configuration
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/delta directory.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
//
// @section info
#ifdef USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING
#include "_Version.h"
#else
#include "Default_Version.h"
#endif
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
//#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE // will be shown during bootup in line 2
#define STRING_VERSION_CONFIG_H __DATE__ " " __TIME__ // build date and time
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
// SERIAL_PORT selects which serial port should be used for communication with the host.
// This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
// Serial port 0 is still used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
// This determines the communication speed of the printer
#define BAUDRATE 250000
// This enables the serial port associated to the Bluetooth interface
//#define BTENABLED // Enable BT interface on AT90USB devices
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER
#endif
// Define this to set a custom name for your generic Mendel,
// #define CUSTOM_MENDEL_NAME "This Mendel"
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
// #define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// This defines the number of extruders
#define EXTRUDERS 1
//// The following define selects which power supply you have. Please choose the one that matches your setup
// 1 = ATX
// 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
// Define this to have the electronics keep the power supply off on startup. If you don't know what this is leave it.
// #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
//--NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
//
//// Temperature sensor settings:
// -2 is thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
// -1 is thermocouple with AD595
// 0 is not used
// 1 is 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
// 2 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
// 3 is Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 4 is 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
// 5 is 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
// 6 is 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
// 7 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 71 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 8 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
// 9 is 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
// 10 is 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
// 11 is 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 12 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
// 13 is 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
// 20 is the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
// 60 is 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
//
// 1k ohm pullup tables - This is not normal, you would have to have changed out your 4.7k for 1k
// (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
// 51 is 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
// 52 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
// 55 is 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
//
// 1047 is Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
// 1010 is Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
// 147 is Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
// 110 is Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
// This makes temp sensor 1 a redundant sensor for sensor 0. If the temperatures difference between these sensors is to high the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
// Actual temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
// If your bed has low resistance e.g. .6 ohm and throws the fuse you can duty cycle it to reduce the
// average current. The value should be an integer and the heat bed will be turned on for 1 interval of
// HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER intervals.
//#define HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER 4
// If you want the M105 heater power reported in watts, define the BED_WATTS, and (shared for all extruders) EXTRUDER_WATTS
//#define EXTRUDER_WATTS (12.0*12.0/6.7) // P=I^2/R
//#define BED_WATTS (12.0*12.0/1.1) // P=I^2/R
// PID settings:
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMP
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more then PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
#define PID_INTEGRAL_DRIVE_MAX PID_MAX //limit for the integral term
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
#define PID_dT ((OVERSAMPLENR * 10.0)/(F_CPU / 64.0 / 256.0)) //sampling period of the temperature routine
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
// MakerGear
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 12
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 440
#endif // PIDTEMP
// Bed Temperature Control
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
//
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
// If your PID_dT above is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
//#define PIDTEMPBED
//
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMPBED
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from pidautotune
// #define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
// #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
// #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
//this prevents dangerous Extruder moves, i.e. if the temperature is under the limit
//can be software-disabled for whatever purposes by
#define PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE
//if PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE is on, you can still disable (uncomment) very long bits of extrusion separately.
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH (X_MAX_LENGTH+Y_MAX_LENGTH) //prevent extrusion of very large distances.
/*================== Thermal Runaway Protection ==============================
This is a feature to protect your printer from burn up in flames if it has
a thermistor coming off place (this happened to a friend of mine recently and
motivated me writing this feature).
The issue: If a thermistor come off, it will read a lower temperature than actual.
The system will turn the heater on forever, burning up the filament and anything
else around.
After the temperature reaches the target for the first time, this feature will
start measuring for how long the current temperature stays below the target
minus _HYSTERESIS (set_temperature - THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS).
If it stays longer than _PERIOD, it means the thermistor temperature
cannot catch up with the target, so something *may be* wrong. Then, to be on the
safe side, the system will he halt.
Bear in mind the count down will just start AFTER the first time the
thermistor temperature is over the target, so you will have no problem if
your extruder heater takes 2 minutes to hit the target on heating.
*/
// If you want to enable this feature for all your extruder heaters,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for all extruder heaters
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // in degree Celsius
// If you want to enable this feature for your bed heater,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for the bed heater
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // in degree Celsius
//===========================================================================
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
// Uncomment the following line to enable CoreXY kinematics
// #define COREXY
// coarse Endstop Settings
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
#ifndef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
#ifdef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
// The pullups are needed if you directly connect a mechanical endswitch between the signal and ground pins.
const bool X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
//#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
//#define DISABLE_MIN_ENDSTOPS
// Disable max endstops for compatibility with endstop checking routine
#if defined(COREXY) && !defined(DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS)
#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
#endif
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis when it's not being used.
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
#define INVERT_X_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false // for Mendel set to true, for Orca set to false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
// ENDSTOP SETTINGS:
// Sets direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define min_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates less than HOME_POS.
#define max_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates greater than the defined lengths below.
// Travel limits after homing
#define X_MAX_POS 205
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MAX_POS 205
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_LENGTH (X_MAX_POS - X_MIN_POS)
#define Y_MAX_LENGTH (Y_MAX_POS - Y_MIN_POS)
#define Z_MAX_LENGTH (Z_MAX_POS - Z_MIN_POS)
//============================= Bed Auto Leveling ===========================
//#define ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING // Delete the comment to enable (remove // at the start of the line)
#define Z_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST // If not commented out, Z-Probe Repeatability test will be included if Auto Bed Leveling is Enabled.
#ifdef ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// There are 2 different ways to pick the X and Y locations to probe:
// - "grid" mode
// Probe every point in a rectangular grid
// You must specify the rectangle, and the density of sample points
// This mode is preferred because there are more measurements.
// It used to be called ACCURATE_BED_LEVELING but "grid" is more descriptive
// - "3-point" mode
// Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't colinear)
// You must specify the X & Y coordinates of all 3 points
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID, the bed is sampled in a
// AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTSxAUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS grid
// and least squares solution is calculated
// Note: this feature occupies 10'206 byte
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// set the rectangle in which to probe
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 180
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
// set the number of grid points per dimension
// I wouldn't see a reason to go above 3 (=9 probing points on the bed)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS 2
#else // not AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with no grid, just probe 3 arbitrary points. A simple cross-product
// is used to esimate the plane of the print bed
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// these are the offsets to the probe relative to the extruder tip (Hotend - Probe)
// X and Y offsets must be integers
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -25
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -29
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -12.35
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_HOMING 4 // (in mm) Raise Z before homing (G28) for Probe Clearance.
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case
#define XY_TRAVEL_SPEED 8000 // X and Y axis travel speed between probes, in mm/min
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_PROBING 15 //How much the extruder will be raised before traveling to the first probing point.
#define Z_RAISE_BETWEEN_PROBINGS 5 //How much the extruder will be raised when traveling from between next probing points
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED // turn on if you have a z-probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // the extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
//If defined, the Probe servo will be turned on only during movement and then turned off to avoid jerk
//The value is the delay to turn the servo off after powered on - depends on the servo speed; 300ms is good value, but you can try lower it.
// You MUST HAVE the SERVO_ENDSTOPS defined to use here a value higher than zero otherwise your code will not compile.
// #define PROBE_SERVO_DEACTIVATION_DELAY 300
//If you have enabled the Bed Auto Leveling and are using the same Z Probe for Z Homing,
//it is highly recommended you let this Z_SAFE_HOMING enabled!!!
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING // This feature is meant to avoid Z homing with probe outside the bed area.
// When defined, it will:
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled
// - If stepper drivers timeout, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing
// - Position the probe in a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axis (G28)
// - Block Z homing only when the probe is outside bed area.
#ifdef Z_SAFE_HOMING
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT (X_MAX_LENGTH/2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT (Y_MAX_LENGTH/2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#endif
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID // Check if Probe_Offset * Grid Points is greater than Probing Range
#if X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#if Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif // ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// The position of the homing switches
//#define MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // If defined, MANUAL_*_HOME_POS below will be used
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 // If defined, the center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//Manual homing switch locations:
// For deltabots this means top and center of the Cartesian print volume.
#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 402 // For delta: Distance between nozzle and print surface after homing.
//// MOVEMENT SETTINGS
#define NUM_AXIS 4 // The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0} // set the homing speeds (mm/min)
// default settings
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {78.7402,78.7402,200.0*8/3,760*1.1} // default steps per unit for Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {500, 500, 5, 25} // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION {9000,9000,100,10000} // X, Y, Z, E maximum start speed for accelerated moves. E default values are good for Skeinforge 40+, for older versions raise them a lot.
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
// The speed change that does not require acceleration (i.e. the software might assume it can be done instantaneously)
#define DEFAULT_XYJERK 20.0 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // (mm/sec)
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// Custom M code points
#define CUSTOM_M_CODES
#ifdef CUSTOM_M_CODES
#define CUSTOM_M_CODE_SET_Z_PROBE_OFFSET 851
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -15
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -5
#endif
// EEPROM
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
//define this to enable EEPROM support
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
//to disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
// please keep turned on if you can.
//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT
// Preheat Constants
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 180
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 70
#define PLA_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 240
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 100
#define ABS_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
//LCD and SD support
//#define ULTRA_LCD //general LCD support, also 16x2
//#define DOGLCD // Support for SPI LCD 128x64 (Controller ST7565R graphic Display Family)
//#define SDSUPPORT // Enable SD Card Support in Hardware Console
//#define SDSLOW // Use slower SD transfer mode (not normally needed - uncomment if you're getting volume init error)
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY // Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 // Increase if you have a high resolution encoder
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 // Set according to ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP or your liking
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER //as available from the Ultimaker online store.
//#define ULTIPANEL //the UltiPanel as on Thingiverse
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 // this is the tone frequency the buzzer plays when on UI feedback. ie Screen Click
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 // the duration the buzzer plays the UI feedback sound. ie Screen Click
// The MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//#define MAKRPANEL
// The RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller (blue PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//#define G3D_PANEL
// The RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller (quadratic white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
// ==> REMEMBER TO INSTALL U8glib to your ARDUINO library folder: http://code.google.com/p/u8glib/wiki/u8glib
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // how much should be moved when a key is pressed, eg 10.0 means 10mm per click
// The Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
// REMEMBER TO INSTALL LiquidCrystal_I2C.h in your ARDUINO library folder: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//automatic expansion
#if defined (MAKRPANEL)
#define DOGLCD
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 17
#endif
#if defined (REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER)
#define DOGLCD
#define U8GLIB_ST7920
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
#endif
#if defined(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER) || defined(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) || defined(G3D_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#endif
#if defined(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#if defined(RA_CONTROL_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCA8574
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#endif
//I2C PANELS
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
#ifdef LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
// This uses the LiquidCrystal_I2C library ( https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home )
// Make sure it is placed in the Arduino libraries directory.
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCF8575
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, separate encoder and click inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
#ifdef LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// (v1.2.3 no longer requires you to define PANELOLU in the LiquidTWI2.h library header file)
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to a pin
// (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#ifndef ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
#endif
#ifndef ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
#endif
#ifdef LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
#endif
#endif
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, integrated click & L/R/U/P buttons, separate encoder inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
#ifdef LCD_I2C_VIKI
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// Note: The pause/stop/resume LCD button pin should be connected to the Arduino
// BTN_ENC pin (or set BTN_ENC to -1 if not used)
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD (requires LiquidTWI2 v1.2.3 or later)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// Shift register panels
// ---------------------
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from:
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/schematics#!shiftregister-connection
//#define SAV_3DLCD
#ifdef SAV_3DLCD
#define SR_LCD_2W_NL // Non latching 2 wire shiftregister
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
// #define NEWPANEL //enable this if you have a click-encoder panel
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the DOG graphic display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 4
#endif
#else //no panel but just LCD
#ifdef ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the 128x64 graphics display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 16
#define LCD_HEIGHT 2
#endif
#endif
#endif
// default LCD contrast for dogm-like LCD displays
#ifdef DOGLCD
# ifndef DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST
# define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 32
# endif
#endif
// Increase the FAN pwm frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bet temperature.
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not ass annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
// #define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// SF send wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
//#define BARICUDA
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
//#define BLINKM
/*********************************************************************\
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
**********************************************************************/
// Number of servos
//
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
//
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// Servo Endstops
//
// This allows for servo actuated endstops, primary usage is for the Z Axis to eliminate calibration or bed height changes.
// Use M206 command to correct for switch height offset to actual nozzle height. Store that setting with M500.
//
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOPS {-1, -1, 0} // Servo index for X, Y, Z. Disable with -1
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOP_ANGLES {0,0, 0,0, 70,0} // X,Y,Z Axis Extend and Retract angles
/**********************************************************************\
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
*
* Motherboards
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
**********************************************************************/
// Uncomment below to enable
//#define FILAMENT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
//defines used in the code
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#include "Configuration_adv.h"
#include "thermistortables.h"
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_H

520
config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
#ifdef BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 //only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 //ms between checks in bang-bang control
//// Heating sanity check:
// This waits for the watch period in milliseconds whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature
// If the temperature has not increased at the end of that period, the target temperature is set to zero.
// It can be reset with another M104/M109. This check is also only triggered if the target temperature and the current temperature
// differ by at least 2x WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
//#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40000 //40 seconds
//#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 //Heat up at least 10 degree in 20 seconds
#ifdef PIDTEMP
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
#define PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#ifdef PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#define DEFAULT_Kc (1) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#endif
#endif
//automatic temperature: The hot end target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
//The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor are called "se".
//You enter the autotemp mode by a M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
// the target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and limited by mintemp and maxtemp
// you exit the value by any M109 without F*
// Also, if the temperature is set to a value <mintemp, it is not changed by autotemp.
// on an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
#define AUTOTEMP
#ifdef AUTOTEMP
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
//Show Temperature ADC value
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
// extruder run-out prevention.
//if the machine is idle, and the temperature over MINTEMP, every couple of SECONDS some filament is extruded
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30.
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_ESTEPS 14. //mm filament
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500. //extrusion speed
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 100
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
// Extruder cooling fans
// Configure fan pin outputs to automatically turn on/off when the associated
// extruder temperature is above/below EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
// Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
// the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
#define EXTRUDER_0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
#define ENDSTOPS_ONLY_FOR_HOMING // If defined the endstops will only be used for homing
//// AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES
//// Added by ZetaPhoenix 09-15-2012
#ifdef MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // Use manual limit switch locations
#define X_HOME_POS MANUAL_X_HOME_POS
#define Y_HOME_POS MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS
#define Z_HOME_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS
#else //Set min/max homing switch positions based upon homing direction and min/max travel limits
//X axis
#if X_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //X_HOME_DIR == -1
//Y axis
#if Y_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //Y_HOME_DIR == -1
// Z axis
#if Z_HOME_DIR == -1 //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 not used
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS
#else
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MAX_POS
#endif //Z_HOME_DIR == -1
#endif //End auto min/max positions
//END AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES -ZP
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
// Uncomment this define to utilize a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
// Only a few motherboards support this, like RAMPS, which have dual extruder support (the 2nd, often unused, extruder driver is used
// to control the 2nd Z axis stepper motor). The pins are currently only defined for a RAMPS motherboards.
// On a RAMPS (or other 5 driver) motherboard, using this feature will limit you to using 1 extruder.
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#ifdef Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
// Same again but for Y Axis.
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
// Define if the two Y drives need to rotate in opposite directions
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
#ifdef Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
#if defined (Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && defined (Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#error "You cannot have dual drivers for both Y and Z"
#endif
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
// allowing faster printing speeds.
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#ifdef DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Configuration for second X-carriage
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
// However: In this mode the EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// Pins for second x-carriage stepper driver (defined here to avoid further complicating pins.h)
#define X2_ENABLE_PIN 29
#define X2_STEP_PIN 25
#define X2_DIR_PIN 23
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
// Mode 0: Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
// Mode 1: Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
// Mode 2: Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE 0
// As the x-carriages are independent we can now account for any relative Z offset
#define EXTRUDER1_Z_OFFSET 0.0 // z offset relative to extruder 0
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
#define X_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_RETRACT_MM 2
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
#ifdef CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 10000 // Max step frequency for Toshiba Stepper Controllers
#else
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 40000 // Max step frequency for Ultimaker (5000 pps / half step)
#endif
//By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
//default stepper release if idle
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
// Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // set the speeds for manual moves (mm/min)
#endif
//Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY
#endif
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
// MS1 MS2 Stepper Driver Microstepping mode table
#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW
#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW
#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP16 HIGH,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
// using:
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
// Show a progress bar on the LCD when printing from SD?
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
#ifdef LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
#endif
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
//#define USE_WATCHDOG
#ifdef USE_WATCHDOG
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// Enable the option to stop SD printing when hitting and endstops, needs to be enabled from the LCD menu when this option is enabled.
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
// does not respect endstops!
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#ifdef BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
#define BABYSTEP_Z_MULTIPLICATOR 2 //faster z movements
#ifdef COREXY
#error BABYSTEPPING not implemented for COREXY yet.
#endif
#ifdef DELTA
#ifdef BABYSTEP_XY
#error BABYSTEPPING only implemented for Z axis on deltabots.
#endif
#endif
#endif
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
//
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
//
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
//#define ADVANCE
#ifdef ADVANCE
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
#define STEPS_MM_E 836
#define EXTRUSION_AREA (0.25 * D_FILAMENT * D_FILAMENT * 3.14159)
#define STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E (axis_steps_per_unit[E_AXIS]/ EXTRUSION_AREA)
#endif // ADVANCE
// Arc interpretation settings:
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
const unsigned int dropsegments=5; //everything with less than this number of steps will be ignored as move and joined with the next movement
// If you are using a RAMPS board or cheap E-bay purchased boards that do not detect when an SD card is inserted
// You can get round this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined as SDCARDCARDDETECT
// in the pins.h file. When using a push button pulling the pin to ground this will need inverted. This setting should
// be commented out otherwise
#define SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#undef SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#endif
// Power Signal Control Definitions
// By default use ATX definition
#ifndef POWER_SUPPLY
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
#endif
// 1 = ATX
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 1)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE LOW
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP HIGH
#endif
// 2 = X-Box 360 203W
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 2)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE HIGH
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP LOW
#endif
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//=============================Buffers ============================
//===========================================================================
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if defined SDSUPPORT
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
//The ASCII buffer for receiving from the serial:
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
// #define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
#ifdef FWRETRACT
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
#endif
//adds support for experimental filament exchange support M600; requires display
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_XPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_YPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_ZADD 10
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FIRSTRETRACT -2
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FINALRETRACT -100
#endif
#endif
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#error EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT currently incompatible with FILAMENTCHANGE
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//============================= Define Defines ============================
//===========================================================================
#if defined (ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING) && defined (DELTA)
#error "Bed Auto Leveling is still not compatible with Delta Kinematics."
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#error "You cannot use TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined HEATERS_PARALLEL
#error "You cannot use HEATERS_PARALLEL if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_0 TEMP_SENSOR_0
#define HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_1 TEMP_SENSOR_1
#define HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_2 TEMP_SENSOR_2
#define HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED > 0
#define THERMISTORBED TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define BED_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1
#define HEATER_0_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1
#define HEATER_1_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == -1
#define HEATER_2_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1
#define BED_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2
#define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 0
#undef HEATER_0_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_0_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 0
#undef HEATER_1_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_1_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 0
#undef HEATER_2_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_2_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0
#undef BED_MINTEMP
#undef BED_MAXTEMP
#endif
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_ADV_H

802
config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,802 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_H
#define CONFIGURATION_H
#include "boards.h"
// This configuration file contains the basic settings.
// Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
// BASIC SETTINGS: select your board type, temperature sensor type, axis scaling, and endstop configuration
//===========================================================================
//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/delta directory.
//
//===========================================================================
//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
//===========================================================================
// For a Delta printer replace the configuration files with the files in the
// example_configurations/SCARA directory.
//
// @section info
#ifdef USE_AUTOMATIC_VERSIONING
#include "_Version.h"
#else
#include "Default_Version.h"
#endif
// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
//#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 STRING_DISTRIBUTION_DATE // will be shown during bootup in line 2
#define STRING_VERSION_CONFIG_H __DATE__ " " __TIME__ // build date and time
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
// SERIAL_PORT selects which serial port should be used for communication with the host.
// This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
// Serial port 0 is still used by the Arduino bootloader regardless of this setting.
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
// This determines the communication speed of the printer
#define BAUDRATE 250000
// This enables the serial port associated to the Bluetooth interface
//#define BTENABLED // Enable BT interface on AT90USB devices
// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ULTIMAKER
#endif
// Define this to set a custom name for your generic Mendel,
// #define CUSTOM_MENDEL_NAME "This Mendel"
// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
// #define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
// This defines the number of extruders
#define EXTRUDERS 1
//// The following define selects which power supply you have. Please choose the one that matches your setup
// 1 = ATX
// 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
// Define this to have the electronics keep the power supply off on startup. If you don't know what this is leave it.
// #define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
//
//--NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
//
//// Temperature sensor settings:
// -2 is thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
// -1 is thermocouple with AD595
// 0 is not used
// 1 is 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
// 2 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
// 3 is Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 4 is 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
// 5 is 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
// 6 is 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
// 7 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 71 is 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
// 8 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
// 9 is 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
// 10 is 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
// 11 is 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
// 12 is 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
// 13 is 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
// 20 is the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
// 60 is 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
//
// 1k ohm pullup tables - This is not normal, you would have to have changed out your 4.7k for 1k
// (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
// 51 is 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
// 52 is 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
// 55 is 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
//
// 1047 is Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
// 1010 is Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
// 147 is Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
// 110 is Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 -1
#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
// This makes temp sensor 1 a redundant sensor for sensor 0. If the temperatures difference between these sensors is to high the print will be aborted.
//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
// Actual temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
#define BED_MINTEMP 5
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
// If your bed has low resistance e.g. .6 ohm and throws the fuse you can duty cycle it to reduce the
// average current. The value should be an integer and the heat bed will be turned on for 1 interval of
// HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER intervals.
//#define HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER 4
// If you want the M105 heater power reported in watts, define the BED_WATTS, and (shared for all extruders) EXTRUDER_WATTS
//#define EXTRUDER_WATTS (12.0*12.0/6.7) // P=I^2/R
//#define BED_WATTS (12.0*12.0/1.1) // P=I^2/R
// PID settings:
// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
#define PIDTEMP
#define BANG_MAX 255 // limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMP
//#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
//#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more then PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
#define PID_INTEGRAL_DRIVE_MAX PID_MAX //limit for the integral term
#define K1 0.95 //smoothing factor within the PID
#define PID_dT ((OVERSAMPLENR * 10.0)/(F_CPU / 64.0 / 256.0)) //sampling period of the temperature routine
// If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
// Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
// MakerGear
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 12
// Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
// #define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
// #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
// #define DEFAULT_Kd 440
#endif // PIDTEMP
// Bed Temperature Control
// Select PID or bang-bang with PIDTEMPBED. If bang-bang, BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis
//
// Uncomment this to enable PID on the bed. It uses the same frequency PWM as the extruder.
// If your PID_dT above is the default, and correct for your hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
// which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly impact you FET heating.
// This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater.
// If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues involved, you probably
// shouldn't use bed PID until someone else verifies your hardware works.
// If this is enabled, find your own PID constants below.
//#define PIDTEMPBED
//
//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
// This sets the max power delivered to the bed, and replaces the HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER option.
// all forms of bed control obey this (PID, bang-bang, bang-bang with hysteresis)
// setting this to anything other than 255 enables a form of PWM to the bed just like HEATER_BED_DUTY_CYCLE_DIVIDER did,
// so you shouldn't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (see the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
#ifdef PIDTEMPBED
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
//120v 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
//from pidautotune
// #define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
// #define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
// #define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#endif // PIDTEMPBED
//this prevents dangerous Extruder moves, i.e. if the temperature is under the limit
//can be software-disabled for whatever purposes by
#define PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE
//if PREVENT_DANGEROUS_EXTRUDE is on, you can still disable (uncomment) very long bits of extrusion separately.
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH (X_MAX_LENGTH+Y_MAX_LENGTH) //prevent extrusion of very large distances.
/*================== Thermal Runaway Protection ==============================
This is a feature to protect your printer from burn up in flames if it has
a thermistor coming off place (this happened to a friend of mine recently and
motivated me writing this feature).
The issue: If a thermistor come off, it will read a lower temperature than actual.
The system will turn the heater on forever, burning up the filament and anything
else around.
After the temperature reaches the target for the first time, this feature will
start measuring for how long the current temperature stays below the target
minus _HYSTERESIS (set_temperature - THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS).
If it stays longer than _PERIOD, it means the thermistor temperature
cannot catch up with the target, so something *may be* wrong. Then, to be on the
safe side, the system will he halt.
Bear in mind the count down will just start AFTER the first time the
thermistor temperature is over the target, so you will have no problem if
your extruder heater takes 2 minutes to hit the target on heating.
*/
// If you want to enable this feature for all your extruder heaters,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for all extruder heaters
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // in degree Celsius
// If you want to enable this feature for your bed heater,
// uncomment the 2 defines below:
// Parameters for the bed heater
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 //in seconds
//#define THERMAL_RUNAWAY_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // in degree Celsius
//===========================================================================
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
// Uncomment the following line to enable CoreXY kinematics
// #define COREXY
// coarse Endstop Settings
#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS // Comment this out (using // at the start of the line) to disable the endstop pullup resistors
#ifndef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
// fine endstop settings: Individual pullups. will be ignored if ENDSTOPPULLUPS is defined
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
#ifdef ENDSTOPPULLUPS
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
#endif
// The pullups are needed if you directly connect a mechanical endswitch between the signal and ground pins.
const bool X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
const bool Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING = true; // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
//#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
//#define DISABLE_MIN_ENDSTOPS
// Disable max endstops for compatibility with endstop checking routine
#if defined(COREXY) && !defined(DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS)
#define DISABLE_MAX_ENDSTOPS
#endif
// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
// Disables axis when it's not being used.
#define DISABLE_X false
#define DISABLE_Y false
#define DISABLE_Z false
#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true //disable only inactive extruders and keep active extruder enabled
#define INVERT_X_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false // for Mendel set to true, for Orca set to false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true // for Mendel set to false, for Orca set to true
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false // for direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false
// ENDSTOP SETTINGS:
// Sets direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define min_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates less than HOME_POS.
#define max_software_endstops true // If true, axis won't move to coordinates greater than the defined lengths below.
// Travel limits after homing
#define X_MAX_POS 205
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MAX_POS 205
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_LENGTH (X_MAX_POS - X_MIN_POS)
#define Y_MAX_LENGTH (Y_MAX_POS - Y_MIN_POS)
#define Z_MAX_LENGTH (Z_MAX_POS - Z_MIN_POS)
//============================= Bed Auto Leveling ===========================
//#define ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING // Delete the comment to enable (remove // at the start of the line)
#define Z_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST // If not commented out, Z-Probe Repeatability test will be included if Auto Bed Leveling is Enabled.
#ifdef ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// There are 2 different ways to pick the X and Y locations to probe:
// - "grid" mode
// Probe every point in a rectangular grid
// You must specify the rectangle, and the density of sample points
// This mode is preferred because there are more measurements.
// It used to be called ACCURATE_BED_LEVELING but "grid" is more descriptive
// - "3-point" mode
// Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't colinear)
// You must specify the X & Y coordinates of all 3 points
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID, the bed is sampled in a
// AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTSxAUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS grid
// and least squares solution is calculated
// Note: this feature occupies 10'206 byte
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// set the rectangle in which to probe
#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 170
#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 180
#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
// set the number of grid points per dimension
// I wouldn't see a reason to go above 3 (=9 probing points on the bed)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS 2
#else // not AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// with no grid, just probe 3 arbitrary points. A simple cross-product
// is used to esimate the plane of the print bed
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_X 15
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_X 170
#define ABL_PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
#endif // AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID
// these are the offsets to the probe relative to the extruder tip (Hotend - Probe)
// X and Y offsets must be integers
#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -25
#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -29
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -12.35
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_HOMING 4 // (in mm) Raise Z before homing (G28) for Probe Clearance.
// Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case
#define XY_TRAVEL_SPEED 8000 // X and Y axis travel speed between probes, in mm/min
#define Z_RAISE_BEFORE_PROBING 15 //How much the extruder will be raised before traveling to the first probing point.
#define Z_RAISE_BETWEEN_PROBINGS 5 //How much the extruder will be raised when traveling from between next probing points
//#define Z_PROBE_SLED // turn on if you have a z-probe mounted on a sled like those designed by Charles Bell
//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // the extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
//If defined, the Probe servo will be turned on only during movement and then turned off to avoid jerk
//The value is the delay to turn the servo off after powered on - depends on the servo speed; 300ms is good value, but you can try lower it.
// You MUST HAVE the SERVO_ENDSTOPS defined to use here a value higher than zero otherwise your code will not compile.
// #define PROBE_SERVO_DEACTIVATION_DELAY 300
//If you have enabled the Bed Auto Leveling and are using the same Z Probe for Z Homing,
//it is highly recommended you let this Z_SAFE_HOMING enabled!!!
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING // This feature is meant to avoid Z homing with probe outside the bed area.
// When defined, it will:
// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled
// - If stepper drivers timeout, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing
// - Position the probe in a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axis (G28)
// - Block Z homing only when the probe is outside bed area.
#ifdef Z_SAFE_HOMING
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT (X_MAX_LENGTH/2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT (Y_MAX_LENGTH/2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axis (G28)
#endif
#ifdef AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID // Check if Probe_Offset * Grid Points is greater than Probing Range
#if X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION - LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The X axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#if Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER < 0
#if (-(Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#else
#if ((Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER * AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS) >= (BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION - FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION))
#error "The Y axis probing range is not enough to fit all the points defined in AUTO_BED_LEVELING_GRID_POINTS"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif // ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING
// The position of the homing switches
//#define MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // If defined, MANUAL_*_HOME_POS below will be used
//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 // If defined, the center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
//Manual homing switch locations:
// For deltabots this means top and center of the Cartesian print volume.
#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 402 // For delta: Distance between nozzle and print surface after homing.
//// MOVEMENT SETTINGS
#define NUM_AXIS 4 // The axis order in all axis related arrays is X, Y, Z, E
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0} // set the homing speeds (mm/min)
// default settings
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {78.7402,78.7402,200.0*8/3,760*1.1} // default steps per unit for Ultimaker
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {500, 500, 5, 25} // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION {9000,9000,100,10000} // X, Y, Z, E maximum start speed for accelerated moves. E default values are good for Skeinforge 40+, for older versions raise them a lot.
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E max acceleration in mm/s^2 for retracts
// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the X axis
// #define EXTRUDER_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (in mm) for each extruder, offset of the hotend on the Y axis
// The speed change that does not require acceleration (i.e. the software might assume it can be done instantaneously)
#define DEFAULT_XYJERK 20.0 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4 // (mm/sec)
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // (mm/sec)
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
// Custom M code points
#define CUSTOM_M_CODES
#ifdef CUSTOM_M_CODES
#define CUSTOM_M_CODE_SET_Z_PROBE_OFFSET 851
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -15
#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX -5
#endif
// EEPROM
// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
//define this to enable EEPROM support
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS
//to disable EEPROM Serial responses and decrease program space by ~1700 byte: comment this out:
// please keep turned on if you can.
//#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT
// Preheat Constants
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 180
#define PLA_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 70
#define PLA_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HOTEND_TEMP 240
#define ABS_PREHEAT_HPB_TEMP 100
#define ABS_PREHEAT_FAN_SPEED 255 // Insert Value between 0 and 255
//LCD and SD support
//#define ULTRA_LCD //general LCD support, also 16x2
//#define DOGLCD // Support for SPI LCD 128x64 (Controller ST7565R graphic Display Family)
//#define SDSUPPORT // Enable SD Card Support in Hardware Console
//#define SDSLOW // Use slower SD transfer mode (not normally needed - uncomment if you're getting volume init error)
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY // Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication
//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 1 // Increase if you have a high resolution encoder
//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 5 // Set according to ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP or your liking
//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER //as available from the Ultimaker online store.
//#define ULTIPANEL //the UltiPanel as on Thingiverse
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000 // this is the tone frequency the buzzer plays when on UI feedback. ie Screen Click
//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100 // the duration the buzzer plays the UI feedback sound. ie Screen Click
// The MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support
// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
//#define MAKRPANEL
// The RepRapDiscount Smart Controller (white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller (blue PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
//#define G3D_PANEL
// The RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller (quadratic white PCB)
// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
//
// ==> REMEMBER TO INSTALL U8glib to your ARDUINO library folder: http://code.google.com/p/u8glib/wiki/u8glib
//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
// The RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // how much should be moved when a key is pressed, eg 10.0 means 10mm per click
// The Elefu RA Board Control Panel
// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
// REMEMBER TO INSTALL LiquidCrystal_I2C.h in your ARDUINO library folder: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
//automatic expansion
#if defined (MAKRPANEL)
#define DOGLCD
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 17
#endif
#if defined (REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER)
#define DOGLCD
#define U8GLIB_ST7920
#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
#endif
#if defined(ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER) || defined(REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER) || defined(G3D_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#endif
#if defined(REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#if defined(RA_CONTROL_PANEL)
#define ULTIPANEL
#define NEWPANEL
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCA8574
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#endif
//I2C PANELS
//#define LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
#ifdef LCD_I2C_SAINSMART_YWROBOT
// This uses the LiquidCrystal_I2C library ( https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home )
// Make sure it is placed in the Arduino libraries directory.
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_PCF8575
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x27 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, separate encoder and click inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
#ifdef LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// (v1.2.3 no longer requires you to define PANELOLU in the LiquidTWI2.h library header file)
// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to a pin
// (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#ifndef ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP
#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
#endif
#ifndef ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM
#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
#endif
#ifdef LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 1000
#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 100
#endif
#endif
// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, integrated click & L/R/U/P buttons, separate encoder inputs
//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
#ifdef LCD_I2C_VIKI
// This uses the LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later ( https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2 )
// Make sure the LiquidTWI2 directory is placed in the Arduino or Sketchbook libraries subdirectory.
// Note: The pause/stop/resume LCD button pin should be connected to the Arduino
// BTN_ENC pin (or set BTN_ENC to -1 if not used)
#define LCD_I2C_TYPE_MCP23017
#define LCD_I2C_ADDRESS 0x20 // I2C Address of the port expander
#define LCD_USE_I2C_BUZZER //comment out to disable buzzer on LCD (requires LiquidTWI2 v1.2.3 or later)
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
// Shift register panels
// ---------------------
// 2 wire Non-latching LCD SR from:
// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/schematics#!shiftregister-connection
//#define SAV_3DLCD
#ifdef SAV_3DLCD
#define SR_LCD_2W_NL // Non latching 2 wire shiftregister
#define NEWPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL
#endif
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
// #define NEWPANEL //enable this if you have a click-encoder panel
#define SDSUPPORT
#define ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the DOG graphic display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 4
#endif
#else //no panel but just LCD
#ifdef ULTRA_LCD
#ifdef DOGLCD // Change number of lines to match the 128x64 graphics display
#define LCD_WIDTH 20
#define LCD_HEIGHT 5
#else
#define LCD_WIDTH 16
#define LCD_HEIGHT 2
#endif
#endif
#endif
// default LCD contrast for dogm-like LCD displays
#ifdef DOGLCD
# ifndef DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST
# define DEFAULT_LCD_CONTRAST 32
# endif
#endif
// Increase the FAN pwm frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bet temperature.
// If all hotends and bed temperature and temperature setpoint are < 54C then the BLUE led is on.
// Otherwise the RED led is on. There is 1C hysteresis.
//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
// which is not ass annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
// M240 Triggers a camera by emulating a Canon RC-1 Remote
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
// #define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
// SF send wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
//#define SF_ARC_FIX
// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder.
//#define BARICUDA
//define BlinkM/CyzRgb Support
//#define BLINKM
/*********************************************************************\
* R/C SERVO support
* Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
**********************************************************************/
// Number of servos
//
// If you select a configuration below, this will receive a default value and does not need to be set manually
// set it manually if you have more servos than extruders and wish to manually control some
// leaving it undefined or defining as 0 will disable the servo subsystem
// If unsure, leave commented / disabled
//
//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
// Servo Endstops
//
// This allows for servo actuated endstops, primary usage is for the Z Axis to eliminate calibration or bed height changes.
// Use M206 command to correct for switch height offset to actual nozzle height. Store that setting with M500.
//
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOPS {-1, -1, 0} // Servo index for X, Y, Z. Disable with -1
//#define SERVO_ENDSTOP_ANGLES {0,0, 0,0, 70,0} // X,Y,Z Axis Extend and Retract angles
/**********************************************************************\
* Support for a filament diameter sensor
* Also allows adjustment of diameter at print time (vs at slicing)
* Single extruder only at this point (extruder 0)
*
* Motherboards
* 34 - RAMPS1.4 - uses Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
* 81 - Printrboard - Uses Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
* 301 - Rambo - uses Analog input 3
* Note may require analog pins to be defined for different motherboards
**********************************************************************/
// Uncomment below to enable
//#define FILAMENT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 //The number of the extruder that has the filament sensor (0,1,2)
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 //measurement delay in cm. This is the distance from filament sensor to middle of barrel
#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0 //Enter the diameter (in mm) of the filament generally used (3.0 mm or 1.75 mm) - this is then used in the slicer software. Used for sensor reading validation
#define MEASURED_UPPER_LIMIT 3.30 //upper limit factor used for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MEASURED_LOWER_LIMIT 1.90 //lower limit factor for sensor reading validation in mm
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 //delay buffer size in bytes (1 byte = 1cm)- limits maximum measurement delay allowable (must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM and lower number saves RAM)
//defines used in the code
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA //set measured to nominal initially
//When using an LCD, uncomment the line below to display the Filament sensor data on the last line instead of status. Status will appear for 5 sec.
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
#include "Configuration_adv.h"
#include "thermistortables.h"
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_H

520
config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
#ifndef CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H
//===========================================================================
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
//===========================================================================
#ifdef BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 //only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
#endif
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 //ms between checks in bang-bang control
//// Heating sanity check:
// This waits for the watch period in milliseconds whenever an M104 or M109 increases the target temperature
// If the temperature has not increased at the end of that period, the target temperature is set to zero.
// It can be reset with another M104/M109. This check is also only triggered if the target temperature and the current temperature
// differ by at least 2x WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE
//#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40000 //40 seconds
//#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 //Heat up at least 10 degree in 20 seconds
#ifdef PIDTEMP
// this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
// if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
#define PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#ifdef PID_ADD_EXTRUSION_RATE
#define DEFAULT_Kc (1) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
#endif
#endif
//automatic temperature: The hot end target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
//The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor are called "se".
//You enter the autotemp mode by a M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
// the target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and limited by mintemp and maxtemp
// you exit the value by any M109 without F*
// Also, if the temperature is set to a value <mintemp, it is not changed by autotemp.
// on an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
#define AUTOTEMP
#ifdef AUTOTEMP
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
#endif
//Show Temperature ADC value
//The M105 command return, besides traditional information, the ADC value read from temperature sensors.
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
// extruder run-out prevention.
//if the machine is idle, and the temperature over MINTEMP, every couple of SECONDS some filament is extruded
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30.
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_ESTEPS 14. //mm filament
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500. //extrusion speed
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 100
//These defines help to calibrate the AD595 sensor in case you get wrong temperature measurements.
//The measured temperature is defined as "actualTemp = (measuredTemp * TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN) + TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET"
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
//This is for controlling a fan to cool down the stepper drivers
//it will turn on when any driver is enabled
//and turn off after the set amount of seconds from last driver being disabled again
#define CONTROLLERFAN_PIN -1 //Pin used for the fan to cool controller (-1 to disable)
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 //How many seconds, after all motors were disabled, the fan should run
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
// Extruder cooling fans
// Configure fan pin outputs to automatically turn on/off when the associated
// extruder temperature is above/below EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
// Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
// the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
#define EXTRUDER_0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // == full speed
//===========================================================================
//=============================Mechanical Settings===========================
//===========================================================================
#define ENDSTOPS_ONLY_FOR_HOMING // If defined the endstops will only be used for homing
//// AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES
//// Added by ZetaPhoenix 09-15-2012
#ifdef MANUAL_HOME_POSITIONS // Use manual limit switch locations
#define X_HOME_POS MANUAL_X_HOME_POS
#define Y_HOME_POS MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS
#define Z_HOME_POS MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS
#else //Set min/max homing switch positions based upon homing direction and min/max travel limits
//X axis
#if X_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define X_HOME_POS X_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //X_HOME_DIR == -1
//Y axis
#if Y_HOME_DIR == -1
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * -0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#else
#ifdef BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_LENGTH * 0.5
#else
#define Y_HOME_POS Y_MAX_POS
#endif //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
#endif //Y_HOME_DIR == -1
// Z axis
#if Z_HOME_DIR == -1 //BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 not used
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS
#else
#define Z_HOME_POS Z_MAX_POS
#endif //Z_HOME_DIR == -1
#endif //End auto min/max positions
//END AUTOSET LOCATIONS OF LIMIT SWITCHES -ZP
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
// A single Z stepper driver is usually used to drive 2 stepper motors.
// Uncomment this define to utilize a separate stepper driver for each Z axis motor.
// Only a few motherboards support this, like RAMPS, which have dual extruder support (the 2nd, often unused, extruder driver is used
// to control the 2nd Z axis stepper motor). The pins are currently only defined for a RAMPS motherboards.
// On a RAMPS (or other 5 driver) motherboard, using this feature will limit you to using 1 extruder.
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#ifdef Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
// Same again but for Y Axis.
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
// Define if the two Y drives need to rotate in opposite directions
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true
#ifdef Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
#undef EXTRUDERS
#define EXTRUDERS 1
#endif
#if defined (Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) && defined (Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
#error "You cannot have dual drivers for both Y and Z"
#endif
// Enable this for dual x-carriage printers.
// A dual x-carriage design has the advantage that the inactive extruder can be parked which
// prevents hot-end ooze contaminating the print. It also reduces the weight of each x-carriage
// allowing faster printing speeds.
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
#ifdef DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
// Configuration for second X-carriage
// Note: the first x-carriage is defined as the x-carriage which homes to the minimum endstop;
// the second x-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop.
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
// However: In this mode the EXTRUDER_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
// Pins for second x-carriage stepper driver (defined here to avoid further complicating pins.h)
#define X2_ENABLE_PIN 29
#define X2_STEP_PIN 25
#define X2_DIR_PIN 23
// There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S<mode>
// Mode 0: Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
// as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
// Mode 1: Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
// that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
// Mode 2: Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
// actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
// once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE 0
// As the x-carriages are independent we can now account for any relative Z offset
#define EXTRUDER1_Z_OFFSET 0.0 // z offset relative to extruder 0
// Default settings in "Auto-park Mode"
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_ZLIFT 0.2 // the distance to raise Z axis when parking an extruder
#define TOOLCHANGE_UNPARK_ZLIFT 1 // the distance to raise Z axis when unparking an extruder
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
#endif //DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
//homing hits the endstop, then retracts by this distance, before it tries to slowly bump again:
#define X_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Y_HOME_RETRACT_MM 5
#define Z_HOME_RETRACT_MM 2
//#define QUICK_HOME //if this is defined, if both x and y are to be homed, a diagonal move will be performed initially.
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
#ifdef CONFIG_STEPPERS_TOSHIBA
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 10000 // Max step frequency for Toshiba Stepper Controllers
#else
#define MAX_STEP_FREQUENCY 40000 // Max step frequency for Ultimaker (5000 pps / half step)
#endif
//By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
//default stepper release if idle
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
// Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // set the speeds for manual moves (mm/min)
#endif
//Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY
#endif
// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
#define SLOWDOWN
// Frequency limit
// See nophead's blog for more info
// Not working O
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05// (mm/sec)
// MS1 MS2 Stepper Driver Microstepping mode table
#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW
#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW
#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH
#define MICROSTEP16 HIGH,HIGH
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
#define MICROSTEP_MODES {16,16,16,16,16} // [1,2,4,8,16]
// Motor Current setting (Only functional when motor driver current ref pins are connected to a digital trimpot on supported boards)
#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT {135,135,135,135,135} // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
// uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
// Number of channels available for I2C digipot, For Azteeg X3 Pro we have 8
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8
// actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS {1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0}
//===========================================================================
//=============================Additional Features===========================
//===========================================================================
//#define CHDK 4 //Pin for triggering CHDK to take a picture see how to use it here http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
#define CHDK_DELAY 50 //How long in ms the pin should stay HIGH before going LOW again
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true //if sd support and the file is finished: disable steppers?
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the z enabled so your bed stays in place.
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST //reverse file order of sd card menu display. Its sorted practically after the file system block order.
// if a file is deleted, it frees a block. hence, the order is not purely chronological. To still have auto0.g accessible, there is again the option to do that.
// using:
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
// Show a progress bar on the LCD when printing from SD?
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
#ifdef LCD_PROGRESS_BAR
// Amount of time (ms) to show the bar
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000
// Amount of time (ms) to show the status message
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000
// Amount of time (ms) to retain the status message (0=forever)
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0
// Enable this to show messages for MSG_TIME then hide them
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE
#endif
// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs, in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
//#define USE_WATCHDOG
#ifdef USE_WATCHDOG
// If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
// The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
// However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
#endif
// Enable the option to stop SD printing when hitting and endstops, needs to be enabled from the LCD menu when this option is enabled.
//#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
// Babystepping enables the user to control the axis in tiny amounts, independently from the normal printing process
// it can e.g. be used to change z-positions in the print startup phase in real-time
// does not respect endstops!
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#ifdef BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEP_XY //not only z, but also XY in the menu. more clutter, more functions
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false //true for inverse movements in Z
#define BABYSTEP_Z_MULTIPLICATOR 2 //faster z movements
#ifdef COREXY
#error BABYSTEPPING not implemented for COREXY yet.
#endif
#ifdef DELTA
#ifdef BABYSTEP_XY
#error BABYSTEPPING only implemented for Z axis on deltabots.
#endif
#endif
#endif
// extruder advance constant (s2/mm3)
//
// advance (steps) = STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E * EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K * cubic mm per second ^ 2
//
// Hooke's law says: force = k * distance
// Bernoulli's principle says: v ^ 2 / 2 + g . h + pressure / density = constant
// so: v ^ 2 is proportional to number of steps we advance the extruder
//#define ADVANCE
#ifdef ADVANCE
#define EXTRUDER_ADVANCE_K .0
#define D_FILAMENT 2.85
#define STEPS_MM_E 836
#define EXTRUSION_AREA (0.25 * D_FILAMENT * D_FILAMENT * 3.14159)
#define STEPS_PER_CUBIC_MM_E (axis_steps_per_unit[E_AXIS]/ EXTRUSION_AREA)
#endif // ADVANCE
// Arc interpretation settings:
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25
const unsigned int dropsegments=5; //everything with less than this number of steps will be ignored as move and joined with the next movement
// If you are using a RAMPS board or cheap E-bay purchased boards that do not detect when an SD card is inserted
// You can get round this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined as SDCARDCARDDETECT
// in the pins.h file. When using a push button pulling the pin to ground this will need inverted. This setting should
// be commented out otherwise
#define SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#undef SDCARDDETECTINVERTED
#endif
// Power Signal Control Definitions
// By default use ATX definition
#ifndef POWER_SUPPLY
#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
#endif
// 1 = ATX
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 1)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE LOW
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP HIGH
#endif
// 2 = X-Box 360 203W
#if (POWER_SUPPLY == 2)
#define PS_ON_AWAKE HIGH
#define PS_ON_ASLEEP LOW
#endif
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
//===========================================================================
//=============================Buffers ============================
//===========================================================================
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2, i.g. 8,16,32 because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
#if defined SDSUPPORT
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
#endif
//The ASCII buffer for receiving from the serial:
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
// Firmware based and LCD controlled retract
// M207 and M208 can be used to define parameters for the retraction.
// The retraction can be called by the slicer using G10 and G11
// until then, intended retractions can be detected by moves that only extrude and the direction.
// the moves are than replaced by the firmware controlled ones.
// #define FWRETRACT //ONLY PARTIALLY TESTED
#ifdef FWRETRACT
#define MIN_RETRACT 0.1 //minimum extruded mm to accept a automatic gcode retraction attempt
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 //default retract length (positive mm)
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 //default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 //default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
#define RETRACT_ZLIFT 0 //default retract Z-lift
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 //default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 //default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 //default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
#endif
//adds support for experimental filament exchange support M600; requires display
#ifdef ULTIPANEL
#define FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_XPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_YPOS 3
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_ZADD 10
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FIRSTRETRACT -2
#define FILAMENTCHANGE_FINALRETRACT -100
#endif
#endif
#ifdef FILAMENTCHANGEENABLE
#ifdef EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
#error EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT currently incompatible with FILAMENTCHANGE
#endif
#endif
//===========================================================================
//============================= Define Defines ============================
//===========================================================================
#if defined (ENABLE_AUTO_BED_LEVELING) && defined (DELTA)
#error "Bed Auto Leveling is still not compatible with Delta Kinematics."
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
#error "You cannot use TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if EXTRUDERS > 1 && defined HEATERS_PARALLEL
#error "You cannot use HEATERS_PARALLEL if EXTRUDERS > 1"
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_0 TEMP_SENSOR_0
#define HEATER_0_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_1 TEMP_SENSOR_1
#define HEATER_1_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 > 0
#define THERMISTORHEATER_2 TEMP_SENSOR_2
#define HEATER_2_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED > 0
#define THERMISTORBED TEMP_SENSOR_BED
#define BED_USES_THERMISTOR
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -1
#define HEATER_0_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == -1
#define HEATER_1_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == -1
#define HEATER_2_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == -1
#define BED_USES_AD595
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == -2
#define HEATER_0_USES_MAX6675
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 0
#undef HEATER_0_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_0_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 0
#undef HEATER_1_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_1_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 0
#undef HEATER_2_MINTEMP
#undef HEATER_2_MAXTEMP
#endif
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 0
#undef BED_MINTEMP
#undef BED_MAXTEMP
#endif
#endif //__CONFIGURATION_ADV_H